Downloaded from www.Manualslib.

com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Supplement to the 1996 GMC Jimmy, Chevrolet Blazer,GMC Sonoma and
Chevrolet S-SeriesTruck Owner’s Manuals

This supplement includesthe latest information at the timeof printing.

We reserve the rightto make changes in theproduct after that time withoutfirther notice.

@Copyright1996 General Motors Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A. GENERAL MOTORS, GMC,
CHEVROLET, JIMMY, BLAZER and SONOMA are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation.

15026635

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

This informationreplaces the “Recreational Vehicle
Towing” portion located in Section 4 in your
owner’s manual.
Recreational Vehicle Towing Shifting the transfer case into NEUTRAL (N) can
(Four-wheel Drive with the Manual cause your vehicle to roll even if the transmission
is in PARK (P), for an automatic transmission,
Transfer CaseOnly) or if your vehicleis in gear, for a manual
1. Set the parking brake f i i l y . transmission. You or others could be injured.
2. Place an automatic transmission in PARK (P) or a Make sure the parking brakeis firmly set before
manual transmission in FIRST (1). you shift the transfercase into NEUTRAL (N).
3. Firmly attach the vehicle being towed to the tow
vehicle. Do not tow the vehicle by the rear bumper 5. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle
bar. Refer to the hitch manufacturer’s instructions. being towed is firmly attached to the tow vehicle.
4. Place the manual shift transfer case shift lever in 6. Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch and
NEUTRAL (N). turn it one notch forward of the LOCK position. This
places the key in the OFF position, which unlocks
the steering column while preventing battery drain.
Unlocking the steering column will allow for proper
movement of the front wheelskires during towing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Recreational Vehicle Towing (Except Please contact your dealer forthe towing information
that is appropriate foryour particular vehicle.
Four-wheel Drive with the Manual
Vehicles with all-wheel drive (AWD) cannot be towed
Transfer Case) in this manner.
Vehicles with two-wheel drive or the optional electronic
shift transfer caserequire special modifications before
they can be towed in this manner.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The 1996 Chevrolet Blazer Owner’s Manual

Seats and Restraint Systems ............................................................. 1-1

This section tells you how to useyour seats and safety belts properly.It also explains the “SIR” system.
FeaturesandControls .................................................................. 2-1
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems ..................................................... 3-1
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your
audio system.
YourDrivingandtheRoad .............................................................. 4-1
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
ProblemsontheRoad .................................................................. 5-1
This section tells you whatto do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated
engine, etc.
ServiceandAppearanceCare ............................................................ 6-1
Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good,
Maintenanceschedule .................................................................. 7-1
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
CustomerAssistanceInformation ........................................................ 8-1
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet for assistance and how to get service publications.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-8.
Index ............................................................................ -- 9-1
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

We support voluntary
technician certification.

GENERAL MOTORS, GM and the GMEmblem, WE SUPPORT

VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem and the CERTIFICATION THROUGH
name BLAZER are registered trademarksof General National Institute for
Motors Corporation. AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
This manual includes the latest information at the timeit
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold inCanada, substitute the name For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
Division whenever it appears in this manual.
French Language Manual:
Aux propribtaires canadiens:Vous pouvez vous
Please keep this manual in your vehicle,so it will be
procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en franc;aischez
there if you ever needit when you’re on the road. If you
votre concessionaire ou au:
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual init so the new
owner can use it. DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7

Litho in U.S.A. @Copyright General Motors Corporation 1995

C9611 B First Edition All Rights Reserved

ii

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

About DrivingYour Vehicle Safety Warnings and Symbols
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.
vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or an We use a box and the wordCAUTION to tell you
accident. Be sure to read the “on-pavement” and about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore
“off-road” driving guidelines in this manual. (See the warning.
“Driving Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with your
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in the Index.)
How to Use this Manual I A CAUTION:
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning These mean there is something that
could hurt
to end when they first receive their new vehicle. If you you or other people.
do this, it will help you learn about the features and
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find
that pictures and words work together to explain In the caution area, we tellyou what the hazard is. Then
things quickly. we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read thesecautions. If you don’t, you or
Index others could be hurt.
A good place to look for what you need is the Index
in the backof the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of
all that’s in the manual, andthe page number where
you’ll find it.

iii

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You will also find a circle In the notice area, we tell you about something that can
with a slash through it in damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage would
this book. This safety not be covered by your warranty, andit could be costly.
symbol means “Don’t,” But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid
“Don’t do this,” or “Don’t the damage.
let this happen.” When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or
in different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:

I NOTICE:
These mean there is something that could
damage your vehicle.

iv

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.

For example, These symbols These symbols These symbols These symbols Here are some
these symbols are important have to do with are on some of are used on other symbols
are used on an for you and your lights: yo11r controls: warning and you may see:
original battery: your passengers indicator lights:
whenever your

A
WINDSHIELD
vehicle is
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
driven: WIPER

COOLANT
TEMP
-- FUSE -%-

PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
DOOR LOCK TURN
SIGNALS e BATTERY
CHARGING I-1 LIGHTER
I
I
SYSTEM
CAUSTIC
FASTEN
SEAT BRAKE (0) HORN )cr
BELTS
BURNS

AVOID
SPARKS OR
COOLANT
a SPEAKER
b
FLAMES
ENGINE OIL e, FUEL siE3
SPARK OR ,\I/, PRESSURE
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
pq FOG LAMPS #0 ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
(a)
V

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Model Reference
This manual covers these models: Four-Door Utility
Two-Door Utility

vi

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems

Here you’ll find information about the seats in your Move the lever underthe
vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly. You front of the standard seat
can also learn about some things you should not do with toward the driver’s door to
air bags and safety belts. unlock it. Slide the seat to
where you want it. Then
Seats and Seat Controls release the lever and try to
This section tells you about the seats -- how to adjust move the seat with your
them, and fold them up and down. body,to make sure the seat
is locked into place.
Manual Front Seat

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try

to
adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicleis
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you,or make you push a pedal when you
don’t wantto. Adjust the driver’s seat only when
the vehicleis not moving.

1-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Move the lever under the Power Driver's Seat (Option)
front of the easy entry seat
up to unlock it. Slide the If you have this feature, there will bea control pad on
seat to where you want it. your driver's seat.

Then release the lever and

try to move the seat with
I your body to make sure the
'seat is locked into place.

Manual Lumbar Support

I If you have this feature,
there will'be a knob on the To make the front of the seat move upor down,.use
outside of the driver and control A.
passenger bucket seats. To make the rear of the seat move upor down, use
Turn the knob control C.
counterclockwise to Use control B to move the whole seat up, down, forward
increase lumbar support or backward.
and clockwise to decrease
lumbar support.

1-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Power Lumbar Control (Option) Reclining Front Seatbacks
If you have this control, it is To adjust the seatback, lift
located on the side of the the leveron the outer side
driver's seat. of the seat.

Press and hold'the front of the controluntil you have the Release the lever to lock the seatback where you
desired lumbarsupport. To decrease lumbar support, want it. Pull up on the lever and the seat will go to
press the rear of the control. an upright position.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

‘-
~
Sitting ina reclined position when your vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Evenif you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do their when
you’re reclined like this.
job

The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it

won’t be against your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash you could go into it,
receiving neck or otherinjuries.
The lap belt can’t do its job either.a crash
In the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, notat yourpelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
But don’t have a seatback reclinedif your vehicle For proper protection when the vehicle isin
is moving. motion, have the seatback upright. Thensit well
back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.

1-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Head Restraints To return the seatback to the upright position, push the
seatback all the way back until the latch catches. If the
Head restraints are fixed on some models and adjustable seatback was reclined before being folded forward, it
on others. Slide an adjustable head restraint up or down will return to the reclined position.
so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of
your ears. This position reduces the chance of a neck
injury in a crash.
I
Your adjustable head restraint may also be tilted forward
for greater comfort.
If the seatback isn't locked, it could move forward
Seatback Latches in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury
to the person sitting there. Always press rearward
The front seatback folds on the seatback to be sure itis locked.
forward to let people get
into the back seator to
access the storage area
behind the seat.
To fold the front seatback
~ forward, lift the latch and
push the seat forward.

1-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Easy Entry Seat (2-Door Models) Rear Seats
The right front seat of your vehicle makes it easy to get Your vehicle has a folding rear seat whichlets you fold
in and out of the rear seat. the seatbacks down for more cargo space.
Tilt the right front seatback completely forward and
the whole seat will slide forward,
Move the seatback to its original position after
someone gets into the rear seatarea. Then move the
seat rearward until it locks.

If an easy entry right front seat isn’t locked,it

can move. In a suddenstop or crash, the person
sitting there could be injured. After you’ve used
it, be sure to push rearward onan easy entry seat
to be sure itis locked. The rear seat release handlesare in the upper center of
the rear of the seatbacks. Push backon the seatbacks as
you pull up on the handles.
Tilt the seatback completely forward again to get out.
To raise the seatbacks, just lift up the seatbacks and push
until they lock in the upright position.
Push and pull on the seatbacks to check thatthe latches
have locked in the upright position. If they haven’t, have
them fixed immediately.
1-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone Your vehicle has a light
that comes on as a reminder
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts to buckle up. (See “Safety
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do Belt Reminder Light” in
with safety belts. the Index.)
And it explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
-
(SIR), or a‘ ; sq :m.

I A CAUTION: 1 In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to

Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear
wear safety belts. Here’s why: They work.
a safety belt properly.If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
can be muchworse. You can hit things inside the crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
vehicle or be ejected fromit. You can be seriously A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can be so
injured orkilled. In the same crash, you might serious that even buckled upa person wouldn’t survive.
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your But most crashes are in between. In many of them, people
safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away.
are fastened properly too. Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles,
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!

1-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as
it goes.

, .,
Put someone on it.
:

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it's just a seat

on wheels.

1-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider The person keeps going until stoppedby something.
doesn’t stop. In a real vehicle,it could be the windshield ...

1-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

-
or the instrument panel... or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow downas the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop.You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.

1-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Here Are Questions Many PeopleAsk @ If I’m a good driver, and I never drive
far from
home, why should I wear safety ’belts?
About Safety Belts-- and the Answers
@ Won’t I be trapped in the vehicleafter an A: You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault -- you and
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
A: You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety doesn’t protect you from things beyond your
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt, control, such as bad drivers.
even if you’re upside down.And your chance of
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km)
being conscious during andafter an accident, so
of home. And the greatest number.of serious
you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if
injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than
you are belted.
40 mph (65 km/h).
@ If my vehicle has air bags, why should I haveto Safety belts are for everyone.
wear safety belts?
A: Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in
most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only;so they work with
safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the use of
safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.

1-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about
safety belts and children. And there are different rules for
smaller children and babies,If a child will be riding in
your vehicle, see the partof this manual called
“Children.” Follow those rules for everyone’s protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position -
....
:, :

This part describes the driver’s restraint system.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pull thebe:It across you.
Lap-Shoulder Belt Don’t let it get twisted.
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
it properly.
Pull up on the latch plateto make sure it is secure.
1. Close and lock the door. If the belt isn’t longenough, see “Safety Belt
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index) Extender” at the endof this section.
so you can sit up straight. Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snugon
end of the belt as you pull upon the shoulder belt. the hips,just touching the thighs.In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely
to slide under thelap belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.The shoulder belt shouldgo
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.

1-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

@' What's wrong with this? .

A CAUTION: I
is
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt shouldfit against yourbody.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won't give nearly

as much protection this way.

1-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

&: What’s wrong with this?

I
You can be seriously injured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place likethis. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at thepelvic bones. This
could cause serious internal injuries.Always
buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place.

P

1-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

---
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your~

body would move .too far forward,which would

increase the chanceof head and neck injury.
Also, the beltwould apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren't as'stronga s shoulder bones.
You could also severely injure internal organs
like your liver spleen.
or
, I

A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should

, . be worn over the shoulder at all times.

.. . .

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What’s wrong with this?

You can be seriously injuredby a twisted belt. In

a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the
is twisted,
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt
make it straight so it can work properly,or ask
your dealerto fix it.

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

1-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Supplemental Inflatable
,Restraint (SIR) System
This part explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR) system or air bag system.
Your vehicle has an air bagfor the driver.
Here are the most important thingsto know about the
air bag system:

A CAUTION:
You can beseverely injured orkilled in a crashif
L
--
you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you
have an air bag. Wearing your safety belt dwring a
crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things
To unlatch the belt,just push the buttonon the buckle.
inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. The air
‘I The belt should go back out of the way.
bag is only a “supplemental restraint.” Thatis, it
Before you close the door, besure the belt is out of the works with safety beltsbut doesn’t replace them.
way. If you slam the door on it,Jou can damage both the
belt and your vehicle. CAUTION: (Continued)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

There is an air bag
CAUTION: (Continued) readiness light on the
instrument panel, which
Air bags are designed to work only in moderate to shows AIR BAG.
severe crashes where the front of your vehicle hits AIR
something. They aren’t designed to inflateat all in
rollover, rear, sideor low-speed frontal crashes. BAG
Everyone in yourvehicle, including the driver,
--
should wear a safety belt properly whether or
not there’s an air bag for thatperson.

The system checksthe air bag’s electrical system for

malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light’’ in the Index
for more information.

Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the

blink of an eye. If, you’re tooclose to an inflating
air bag, it could seriouslyinjure you. Safety belts
help keep you in positionfor an air bag inflation
in a crash. Always wear your safety belt, even
with an airbag, and sit as far back as you can
~ while still maintaining control of your vehicle.

(L 1-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

How the Air Bag System Works
A CAUTION:
Don't put anythingon, or attach anythingto, the
steering wheel. Also, don't put anything (such as
pets or objects) between the driver and the
steering wheel. If something is between an
I occupant and an air bag, it could affect the
--
performance of the air bag or worse, it could
cause injury.

Where is the air bag?

The driver's air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.

1-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When should an air bag inflate? What makes an air bag inflate?
The air bag is designed to inflate in moaerate to severe In a frontal or near-frontal impact of sufficient severity,
frontal or near-frontal crashes. The air bag will inflate the air bag sensing system detects that the vehicle is
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed suddenly stopping as a result of a crash. The sensing
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a system triggers a chemical reaction of the sodium azide
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is sealed in the inflator. The reaction produces nitrogen
about 14 to 18 mph (23 to 29 km/h). The threshold level gas, which inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that related hardware are all part of theair bag module
it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your packed inside the steering wheel.
vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such How does an air bag restrain?
as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The .
air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel.
help the occupant. The air bag supplements the protection provided by
safety belts. Air bags distribute the force of the impact
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,stopping
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage the occupant more gradually. Butair bags would not
to a vehicle or because of what the repaircosts were. help you in many types of collisions, including
Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts, primarily
the vehicle’s deceleration. Vehicle damage is only one because an occupant’s motion is not toward theair bag.
indication of this. Air bags should never be regardedas anything more
The air bag system is designed to work properly under a than a supplement to safety belts, and then only in
wide range of conditions, including off-road usage. moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
Observe safe driving speeds, especially on rough terrain.
As always, wear your safety belt. See “Off-Road
Driving” in the Index for more tips on off-road driving.

1-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What will you see after an air bag inflates? 0 The air bag is designed to inflate only once. After it
After the air bag inflates, it quickly deflates. This occurs inflates, you’ll need some new parts for your air bag
system. If you don’t get them, theair bag system
so quickly that some people may not even realize theair
bag inflated. Some components of the air bag module in won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
the steering wheel hub will be hotfor a short time. The A new system will include theair bag module and
part of the bag that comes into contact with you may be possibly other parts. The service manual for your
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
warm, but it will never be too hot to touch. There will be
some smoke and dust coming from vents in the deflated e Your vehicle is equipped witha diagnostic module,
air bag. Air bag inflation willnot prevent the driver which records information about the air bagsystem.
from seeing or from being able to steer the vehicle, nor The module records informationabout the readiness
will it stop people from leaving the vehicle. of the system, when the sensors are activated and
driver’s safety belt usage at deployment.

I
A CAUTION: e Let only qualified technicians workon your air
bag system. Improper service can mean that your
air bag system won’t work properly. See your dealer
When an air bag inflates, 1 !re is du in 1 ! air. for service.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a historyof asthma or other
breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone inthe NOTICE:
vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to doso.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out If you damage the cover for the driver’sbag,
air
of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get it may not work properly.You may have to
fresh airby obening awindow or door. replace the air bagmodule. Do not open or break
the air bag cover.
-
1-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

c

Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle Adding Equipment toYour

The air bag affects how your vehicle should be serv: d. Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle
There are parts of the airbag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
e.@I If add a push bumper or abicycle rack to the
front of my vehicle, will it keep the air bag from
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. Your
working properly?
GM dealer and the service manual have information
about servicingyour vehicle and the air bag system. To A: As long as the push bumper or bicyclerack is
purchase a service manual, see “Service and Owner attached to your vehicle so that the vehicle’s basic
Publications” in the Index. structure isn’t changed, it’s not likely to keep the
air bags from working properly in a’crash.
A CAUTION: m e.@ Is there anything I might add to the front
vehicle that could keep the air bag from
of the

For up to two minutes after the ignition key is working properly?

turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an air A: Yes. If you add things that change your vehicle’s
bag can still inflate during improper service.You frame, bumper system, front end sheet metal or
can be injuredif you are close to an air bagwhen height, they may keep the air bag system from
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape, working properly. Also, the air bag system may not
or yellow connectors. They are probably part of work properly if you relocate any of the.& bag
the air bag system.Be sure tofollow proper 3
sensors. If you have any question about this, you
service procedures, and make sure the person shouldcontactCustomerAssistancebeforeyou .
performing work foryou is qualified to doso. modify your vehicle. (The phone numbers and
addresses for Customer Assistance arein Step Twoof
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance. the Customer Satisfaction Procedurein this manual.
See “Customer Satisfaction Procedure”in the Index.)

1-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

. .

Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy The best way toprotect the fetus is to protect the ...
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more
Safety belts work for everyone,including pregnant likely that the fetus won’t be hurt ina crash. For
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be pregnant women, as ‘foranyone, the key to making
seriously injured if they don’t wearsafety belts. safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right’
Front
Passenger
Position i
The right front passenger’s safety belt worksthe same , . ,
I

way as the driver’s safety belt. See “Driver Position”

earlier in this section. f
:i ,
I.1
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it will
lock. If it does, let it go back all the way~andstart again:
Center Front Passenger Position
@-DoorModels)

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulderbelt, and

the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. -

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Lap Belt
If your vehicle has a front bench seat, someone can sit in
the center position.

To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown until
the belt is snug.
Buckle, position and release it the way as the lap part of
a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough, see
When you sit in the center front seating position, you have “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
a lap safety belt, which hasno retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plate and pullit along the belt. Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.

1-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1 Rear Seat Passengers
I It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up!
1
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
1 seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
! wearing safety belts.

1i Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown

out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
I
j Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions
:,i

1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it gettwisted. On four-door models, the
shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you.
very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
l
i
Lap-ShoulderBelt
1 The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
! belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way,it
will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and
start again.
If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.

3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle

end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.

1-27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the
belt would applyforce at your abdomen.This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
The safety belt locksif there’s a sudden stop or a crash.
On four-door models, the safety beltalso locks if you
pull the belt very quickly out ofthe retractor.

A CAUTION:
You can be serious1 hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less

1-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides
for Children and Small Adults
@-Door Models)
Four-door models have rear shoulder belt comfort guides
This feature will provide added safety belt comfortfor
children who have outgrown child restraints and for smal
adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort
guide pulls the belt away from the neck and head.
There is one guide foreach outside passenger position in
the rear seat. To provide added safety belt comfort for
children who have outgrown child restraints and for
smaller adults, the comfort guides may be installed on
the shoulder belts. Here's how to install a comfort guide
and use the safety belt:

To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.

1-29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of 2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic
the seatback and the interior bodyto remove the cord must be under the belt. Then, place the guide
guide from its storage clip. over the belt, and insert thetwo edges of the belt into
the slots of the guide.

1-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat. 4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt as
The elastic cord must be under the belt and theguide described in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions”
on top. earlier in this section. Make sure that the shoulder
belt crosses the shoulder.

1-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To remove and store the comfort guides, just perform Lap Belt
~ these steps in reverse order. Squeeze the belt edges

When you sit in the center rear seating position, you

have a lapsafety belt which has a retractor.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it gettwisted.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
3. Feed the lap belt into the retractor to tighten it.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size. In fact,
the law in every state in the United States and in every
Canadian province says children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

Smaller Children and Babies

I

A CAUTION:
Smaller children and babies should always be
restrained in a childor infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraintwill say whether itis
the right type andsize for your child. A very
4. Position and release it the same way as the lap part young child’s hip bones are so small that a
of a lap-shoulder belt. regular belt might not stay low on the hips, as it
If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt should. Instead, the beltwill likely be over the
Extender” at the end of this section. Make sure the child’s abdomen. In a crash, the belt would appl
release button on the buckle is positioned so you force right on thechild’s abdomen, which could
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if cause serious or fatal injuries.So, be sure that
you ever had to. any child small enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.

1-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

c JN: (Continued)

at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-1b. (5.5 kg) baby

will suddenly become a 240-lb.(110 kg) force on
your arms. The babywould be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the babyin an infant restraint.

CAUTION:
-
Never hold a baby in your armswhile ridinL
vehicle. A baby doesn't weigh much until a --
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
heavy you can't holdit. For example, in a crash
' CAUTION:(Continued)

1-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Child Restraints Top Strap
Be sure the childrestraint is designed to be used in a
vehicle. If it is, it willhave a label saying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then followthe instructions for the restraint. You may
find theseinstructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within
the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how todo that.
'Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are
restrained in the rear rather than thefiont seat, We at
General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
child restraint in a rear seat outside position unless the
child is an infant and you're the only adultin the vehicle.
In that case, you might want to secure the restraint in the If your child restraint has a topstrap, it should be
right front seat where you cankeep an eye on the baby. anchored. Anchbr brackets for the rear outside seat
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child positions are located on the floor in,thecargo area.
restraint ,properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sureto properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
1-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Securing a Child Restraint ina
Rear Outside Seat Position

You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.See the earlier part

about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
Don’t use the front set of tie-do.wn brackets. Anchor the for the child restraint.
.,
top strap to the rearmast bracket on the same side of the
vehicle as the chi14 restraint. 2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
Once you havethe top strap anchored, you’ll be readyto
secure the child restraint itself. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run thelap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughor
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’sface or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
1-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is 5. Pull the rest of the shoulderbelt all the way out of
positioned so you would be ableto unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock.
safetv belt quickly if you ever had to.

1-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Center Seat Positions(4-Door Models)

Don't use child restraints in these positions. The

restraints won't work properly.

6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back

into the retractor while you push down on the
child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint,just unbuckle the vehicle's
safety belt and let itgo back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.

1-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Securing a Child Restraint in the You'll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
Right Front Seat Position about the topstrap if the child restraint has one.
\

\
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
2. Secure thechild in the.child restraint as the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and,run thelap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder beltgoes in front of the child's face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.

1-39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

b
i
j 4. Bucklethebelt. Make sure thereleasebutton is 5. Pulltherestoftheshoulderbeltallthewayout of
positioned so youwouldbeable to unbucklethetheretractor to setthelock,.
safety belt quickly ifyou ever had to.

1-40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1 6. To tighten the belt, feed the.shoulder belt back
, into the retractor while you push down on the
’

child restraint.
7. Push and pull the childrestraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure. If you’re using a

I
bucket seat, adj.ustthe seat forward until the lap
portion of the safety belt holds the restraint firmly.
But don’t move it any more than needed to tighten
the lap belt.
To remove the childrestraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move.freely again and be ready to workfor an adult
- or larger child passenger.

1-41

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Larger Children Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle's safety belts.
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can weara lap-shoulder belt and
get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they needto use the
safety belts properly.
Children who aren't buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
0 Children who aren't buckled up can strike other
people who are.

1-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

;his.
Here two children are wearing the same belt. The
a
belt can’t properly spread the impact forces. In
crash; the two children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A belt must be usedby
only one person at a time.

&: What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,

but the childis so small that the shoulder beltis
very close to thechild’s faceor neck?
A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide.If the
child is sitting in a rear outside position of a
four-door model, see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” i n the Index. If the child is so small that
the shoulder belt is still veryclose to the child’s
face or neck, you might want to placethe child in a
seat that has a lap belt, if your vehicle has one.

1-43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A CAUTION:
Never dothis.
Here a child is sitting ina seat that has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part is behind
the child. If the child wears the belt in this
way, in
a crash thechild might slideunder the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied righton the
child’s abdomen. Thatcould cause seriousor
fatal injuries.

Wherever the childsits, the lap portion of the belt

should be worn low and snug on the hips,just touching
the child’s thighs.This applies belt forceto the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.

1-44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Safety Belt Extender Checking Your Restraint Systems
If the vehicle’s safety belt willfasten around you, you Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
should use it. and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
loose or damaged safety belt system parts.If you see
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When yougo
anything that might keep a safety belt system from
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the
doing its job, have it repaired.
extender will be long enough for you. The extender will
be justfor you, andjust for the seat in your vehicle that Torn or frayed safety belts may not protectyou in a
you choose. Don’t let someone else use it, and use it crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
to the regular safety belt. Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)

1-45

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Replacing Restraint System Parts If belts are cut or damaged, replace them. Collision
damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt
After a Crash or seat parts repairedor replaced. New parts and repairs
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts? may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
After a very minor collision, nothingmay be necessary.
But if the belts werestretched, as they would be if worn If an air bag inflates, you’ll needto replace air bag
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts. system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier
in this section.

1-46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 2 Features and Controls
1
I

Here you can learn about the many standard and

optional features on your vehicle, and information on
starting, shifting and braking. Also explained are the
instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if
everything is working properly -- and what to do if you
have a problem.
Keys

A CAUTION:
Lea lg youni !n in a V I !W the
ignition key is dangerous for manyreasons. A child
or otherscould be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make thevehicle move. Don't
leave the keys ina vehicle with young children.

2-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

. This vehicle has one The bar-coded tag has a code on it that tells your dealer
double-sided key for or a qualified locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep
the ignition, endgate, this tag in a safe place. If you lose your keys, you’llbe
spare tire lock (two-door able to have newones made easily using this tag.
vehicles) and door locks.
1 It will fit with either
side up. I NOTICE:
Your vehicle has a number of new features that
can help prevent theft. But you can have a lot
of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever
lock your keys inside.You may even have to
damage your vehicle to get in.So be sure you
When a new vehicle is delivered, the dealer provides the have extra keys.
owner with a pair of identical keys anda bar-coded tag.

2-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Door Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
You can use the Keyless Entry system,if you have

1-
A CAUTION: this option.
You can use your key to unlock your door from
the outside.
Unlocked doors can be c---,xous.
--
Passengers especially children can easily--
open the doors and fall out. When a door is
locked, the inside handle won't open it.
Outsiders caneasily enter through an unlocked
door when you slow down or stop your vehicle.
This may notbe so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren'tlocked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors, andyou will be far
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.

To unlock the door, slide the leveron your inside door

forward. You will see a red area on the ,lever.

2-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Power Door Locks (Option) Rear Door Security Lock

r I
If your vehicle has power
door locks, the switch is
located on the armrest.
Press LOCK to lock all
the doors at once.
With this feature, you can
lock the rear doors so they
can’t be opened from the
inside by passengers.
Move the lock up to lock
the doors and down to
release the door locks.

To unlock the doors, press the raised area next to the Leaving Your Vehicle
key symbol.
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your key, open your
On four-door models, the leveron each rear door works door and set the locks from inside. Then get out and
only that door’s lock. close the door.

2-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keyless Entry System(Option) 0 Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
If your vehicle has thisoption, you can lock and unlock
your doors or unlock your rear endgate from up to 0 See your GM dealer or a qualified technician
30 feet (9 m) away using the key chain transmitter for service.
supplied with your vehicle. Changes or modifications to this system by other than an
Your Keyless Entry System operates on a radio authorized service facility could void authorization to
frequency subject to Federal Communications use this equipment.
Commission (FCC) Rules.
Operation
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: When you press UNLOCK, the driver’s door and
( 1 ) This device may not cause harmful interference, endgate will unlock automatically. If you press
and (2) This device must accept any interference UNLOCK again within five seconds, all doors will
received, including interference that may cause unlock. Press LOCK to lock all the doors.
undesired operation. Press the REAR button twice within 3 1/2 seconds to
Should interference to this system occur, try this: unlock and unlatch theendgate glass. If your vehicle has
an automatic transmission, the transmission must be in
Check to determine if battery replacement is PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). If your vehicle has a
necessary. See the instructions on battery manual transmission, you must engage parking brake.
replacement.
0 Check the distance. You may be too Far from your
vehicle. This product has a maximum range.

2-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle To replace the batteries in the Keyless Entry transmitter:
Each key chain transmitter is coded to prevent another
transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.If a transmitter
is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased through
your dealer. Rememberto bring any remaining
transmitters with you when you go to your dealer. When
the dealer matches the replacement transmitter to your
vehicle, any remaining transmitters must also be
matched. Once the new transmitteris coded, the lost
transmitter will not unlock your vehicle. Each vehicle
can have only two transmitters matched toit.
Battery Replacement
Under normal use, the batteriesin your key chain
transmitter should lastabout two years.
You can tell the batteries are weak if the transmitter I . Insert a dime in the slot between the covers of the
won’t work at the normal range in any location. If you transmitter housing near the key ring hole. Remove
have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter the bottom by twisting the dime.
works, it’s probably timeto change the batteries.
2. Remove and replace the batteries with two
Duracell@-typebatteries (DL2016 or equivalent),
positive side down.
3. Align the covers and snap them together.
4. Check the operation of the transmitter.

2-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Endgate If your vehicle has anendgate-mounted spare tire
carrier, you must move the carrier arm outof the way to
open the glass.
A CAUTION: Here’s how to move the arm:

It can be dangerous to drive with the rear

window or endgate open because carbon
monoxide (CO) gas can come into your vehicle.
You can’t see or smell CO. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If you must drivewith the rearwindow or
endgate open orif electrical wiring or other cable
connections must pass through the seal between
the body and the rear window or endgate:
0 Make sure all windows are shut.
’hrn the fan on your heating or cooling
system to its highest speed with the setting on
VENT. That will force outside air intoyour
vehicle. See “Comfort Controls” in the Index. 1. Squeeze the release handle to free the carrier arm.
If you have air outlets on or under the 2. Swing the carrier arm away from the endgate. You
instrument panel, open them all the way. may need to give it a slight tug.
See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index. 3. To latch the carrier arm, swing it toward the endgate.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Endgate Release When doors are unlocked,
To open a mechanical lock system from the outside,
insert the key in the lock and turn
it counterclockwise
to unlock the glass.
Open the glass and
reach inside the endgate
' to lift the handle and
open the endgate.

Then reach inside to lift the handle and open the

endgate. The endgate can be opened withouta key if
the driver's door is unlocked. The endgate glass will not
release if the vehicle is in gear.
To lock a power lock system from the outside, insert
The endgate and glass will a1ltomatically lock the key in the lock button and turn clockwise.All doors
when shut. will lock.
To open a power lock system fromthe outside, insert
the key in the lock button and turn counterclockwise.
All doors will unlock.

2-8
I"

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Remote Endgate Release Emergency Release for Opening Endgate
This button on the 1. Peel back or slit the carpet locally to expose the
driver’s side of the access hole in the trim panel.
steering column allows 2. Use a thin screwdriver
you to release the endgate to reach through the
from inside the vehicle. access holes in both the
trim panel and the
hardware cover.
Pry the release lever
toward the passenger
side until the glass latch

PSJ
pops open.
If your vehicle has an automatic transmission, your shift
lever must be in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) for the
L

release to work.
If you have a manual transmission, either with or
without the Keyless Entry option, you must apply your 3. Reattach the carpet securely.
parking brake before you can openthe endgate glass.

2-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Theft Parking at Night
Vehicle theft is big business,especially in some cities. Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
Although your vehicle hasa number of theft-deterrent vehicle. Remember to keep your valuablesout of sight.
features, we know that nothing we puton it can make Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
it impossible to steal. However, there are ways you
can help. Parking Lots
If you park in a lot where someone will be watching
Key in the Ignition your vehicle, it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s an But what if you have to leave your ignition key? What if
easy target forjoy riders or professional thieves -- so you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle?
don’t do it. Put your valuables in a storage area, like your
When you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door, glove box.
you’ll hear a tone reminding youto remove your key 0 Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
from the ignition and take it withyou. Always do this.
Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will your
ignition. If you have an automatic transmission, taking
your key out also locks your transmission. And
remember to lock thedoors.

2-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

’ ,‘J’ =

New Vehicle “Break-In” Ignition Positions

i
USEthe key to turn the ignition switch to five
different positions.
NOTICE:
Your modern vehicle doesn’t needan elaborate C
I
“break-in.” But it will perform better in the long
run if you follow these.guidelines:
e Keep your speedat 55 mph (88 km/h) or
less for the first500 miles (804 km).
e Don’t drive at any one speed fast or --
--
slow for thefirst 500 miles (804 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
e Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322km)or so. During this time’
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken , .

in. Hard stops withnew linings can mean

premature wear and earlier replacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every ACCESSORY (A): ACCESSORY lets you use things
time you get new brake linings. like the radio and the windshield wipers when the
e Don’t tow a trailer during break-in. engine is off. Push in the key and-turnit toward you.
See “Towing a Trailer” in the Index for Your steering wheel will remain locked, just as it was
before you inserted the key.
more information.

2-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I
.NOTICE.: A CAUTION:
Don’t operate accessories in the ACCESSORY On manual transmissionvehicles, turning thekey
positio; for long periodsof time. Prolonged to LOCKwill lock the steering column and result
operation of accessories in the ACCESSORY in a loss of ability to steer thevehicle. This could
position could drain your battery and prevent cause a collision. If you need to turn the engine
you from starting yourvehicle. off while the vehicle i s moving, turn thekey only
to OFF. Don’t press thekey, release buttonwhile
LOCK (B): This position locks your ignition, steering the vehicle is moving.
wheel and transmission. It’sa theft-deterrent feature.
You will only be able to remove your key when the
ignition is turned to LOCK.
OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the engine but NOTICE:
still turn the steering wheel.Use OFF if you must have
your vehicle in motion whilethe engine is off (for If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can’t
example, if your vehicle is being towed). I

turn it, be sure itis all theway in:If itis, then

RUN (D): This is the position for driving. turn the steeringwheel left and right while you
I.
START (E):. This starts your engine. turn thekey hard. But turn the key only with
u . . I .. , . .. your hand. Using a tool to force itcould break
the key or the-ignitionswitch. If none of this
works, then your vehicle needs service.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Key Release Button Starting Your Engine
The key cannot be Automatic transmission
removed from the ignition
of manual transmission Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
vehicles unless the key Your engine won’t start in any other position -- that’s a
release button is used. safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.

I NOTICE: I
Don’t try to shift toPARK (P) if your vehicle
is moving. If youdo, you could damage the
transmission. Shift to PARK (P) only when your
To remove the key on manual transmission vehicles, vehicle is stopped.
turn the key to the OFF position. Then turn the key to
the LOCK position while pressing the key release button
down at the same time. Pull the key straight out.
On automatic transmission vehicles, turn the key to
LOCK and pull it straight out.

2-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Manual Transmission 3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), wait 15 seconds and start over.
The ge ector should bein NEUTRAL (N). Hold
the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine. Your When the engine starts, let go of the key and the
vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal is not all the way accelerator pedal.
down -- that’s a safety feature.
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your NOTICE:
ignition key to START. Whenthe engine starts, let
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as’your
Your engine is designed to work with the
engine gets warm.
electronics in yourvehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change theway
NOTICE: the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, checkwith your dealer. If you don’t,
Holding your key in STARTfor longer than your engine might not perform properly.
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
be drained muchsooner. And theexcessive heat the partof this manual that tells how to do it
can damage your starter motor. without damaging yourvehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle’’ in the Index.
2. If it doesn’t start right away, holdyour key in
START. If it doesn’t start in 10 seconds, push the
accelerator pedal all the way down for five more
seconds, or until it starts.

2-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

-
Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
In very cold weather, 0°F I
A CAUTION:
(- 18 O C) or colder, the
engine coolant heater can Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet
help. You’ll get easier could cause an electricalshock. Also, the wrong
starting and better fuel kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
economy during engine a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the
warm-up. cord intoa properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet.If the cordwon’t reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.

4. After you’ve used the coolant heater, be sure to

Usually, the coolant heater should be pluggedin a store the cord as it was before to keep it away
minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle. from moving engine parts. If you don’t, it could
To use the coolant heater: be damaged.
1. Turn off the engine. How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
in? The answer depends on the outside temperature, the
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. kind of oil you have, and some other things. Instead of
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet. trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact
your GM dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your
vehicle. The dealer can give you the best advice for that
particular area.

2-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Automatic Transmission Operation
Your automatic transmission may have a shift lever
D
located on the console between the seats or on the
steering column. It is dangerous to getout of your vehicle if the
There are several different positions for your shift lever. shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
If your vehicle is equipped with a column shift lever,it
features an electronic shift position indicator within Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
the instrument cluster.This display must be powered running unless you have to. If you have left the
anytime the shift lever iscapable of being moved out engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
of the PARK (P) position. This means that if your key is You or others could be injured. To be sure your
in the OFF position, but not locked, there will be a small vehicle won’t move, even when you’reon fairly
current drain on your battery which could discharge level ground, always set your parking brake and
your battery over a period of time. If you need to leave move the shiftlever to PARK (P).
your key in the ignition in theOFF position for an
If you have four-wheel drive,your vehicle will
extended period, it is recommended that you disconnect
the battery cable from the battery to prevent discharging --
be free toroll even if your shift leveris in
your battery. --
PARK (P) if your transfer case is in
NEUTRAL (N). So, be sure the transfercase is
PARK (P): This locks your rear wheels. It’s the best in a drive gear, two-wheel high (2HI)or four-wheel
position to use when you start your engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.
high (4HI) or four-wheel low (4LO) not--
in NEUTRAL (N). See “Shifting Into PARK (P)”
in the Index. If you’re pullinga trailer, see “Towing a
’Ikailer” in the Index.

2-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) range NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine doesn’t
before starting the engine. Your vehicle has a connect with the wheels. To restart when you’re already
brake-transmission shift interlock. You have to fully moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only.
apply your regular brakes before you can shift from
PARK (P) when the ignition key is in theRUN position.
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure
on the shift lever -- push the shift lever all the way
into PARK (P) (press the button in on the console shift
lever) as you maintain brake application. Then shift into Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTl ,L [lu) w d e
the gear you wish. See “Shifting Out of PARK (P)” in your engine is “racing” (running at high speed) is
the Index. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
rapidly. You could lose control and hitpeople
or objects. Don’t shift outof PARK (P) or
I NOTICE: NEUTRAL (N) while your engineis racing.

Shifting toREVERSE (R) while your vehicle is

moving forward could damage your transmission.
Shift to REVERSE (R)only after your vehicle NOTICE:
is stopped.
Damage to your transmission caused by shifting
To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the
ice or sand without damaging your transmission, see engine racing isn’t coveredby your warranty.
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow” in the Index.

2-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0):This position is You can also use SECOND (2) for starting your vehicle
for normal driving. If you need more power for passing, from a stop on slippery road surfaces.
and you’re: FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power
Going less than about 35 mph (56 km/h), push your (but lower fueleconomy) than SECOND (2). You can
accelerator pedal about halfway down. use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
selector lever is putin FIRST (1) while the vehicle is
Going about 35 mph (56 km/h) or more, push the
moving forward, the transmission won’t shiftinto
accelerator all the waydown.
FIRST (1) until the vehicle is going slowly enough.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0)should not be
used when towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load,
driving on steep hills, or for off-road driving. Select
I NOTICE:
DRIVE (D) when operating the vehicle under anyof If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
these conditions. drive. This might happen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
DRIVE (D): This position is also used for normal
driving, however it offers more power and lower fuel object. You could damage your transmission.
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (GO).You Also, if you stop when going uphill, don’t hold
should use DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer, carrying a your vehicle there with only the accelerator pedal.
heavy load, driving on steep hills or winding roads or This could overheat and damage the transmission.
for off-road driving. Use your brakesor shift into PARK (P) to hold
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but your vehicle in positionon a hill.
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help control your speedas you go down steep
mountain roads, but thenyou would also want to use
your brakes off and on.

2-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Manual Transmission FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shiftinto
FIRST (1). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
5-Speed you press the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into FIRST (1) when you’re going less
than 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a complete
stop and it’s hardto shift into FIRST (l), put the shift
lever in NEUTRAL (N) and let up on the clutch. Press
the clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST (1).
SECOND (2): Press the clutch pedal as you let up on
the accelerator pedal and shift intoSECOND (2). Then,
slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
THIRD, FOURTH ‘AND FIFTH(3,4 and 5): Shift
into THIRD (3), FOURTH (4), and FIFTH (5) the same
way you do for SECOND (2). Slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.

This is your shift pattern.

Here’s how to operate your transmission:

2-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press the Shift Light
brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, andshift to If you have a manual
NEUTRAL (N). transmission, you have
a SHIFT light.
NEUTRAL (N): Use this position whenyou start or
idle your engine.
REVERSE (R):To back up, press the clutch pedal, wait
about six seconds, thenshift into REVERSE (R). Then
let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the SHIFT
accelerator pedal.

NOTICE: This light will show you when to shift to the next higher
gear for best fuel economy.
Shift toREVERSE (R)only after your vehicle is
stopped. Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your When this light comes on, you can shift to the next
higher gear if weather, road and traffic conditions let
vehicle is moving could damage your transmission. you. For the best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and
shift when the lightcomes on.
Use REVERSE (R), along with the parking brake, for While you accelerate, it is normal for the light to go
parking your vehicle. on and off if you quickly change the position of the
accelerator. Ignore the SHIFT light when you downshift.

2-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

All-Wheel Drive(Option)
If your vehicle has all-wheel drive, your engine’s
driving power is sent to all four wheels for extra
If you skip more than onc ,ear when you traction. This is like four-wheel drive, but there is no
downshift, you could lose control of your vehicle. lever or switch to engage or disengage the front axle.
And you could injure yourself or others. Don’t shift It is fully automatic and adjusts itself as needed for
down more than one gear when you downshift. road conditions.
Four-wheel Drive (Option)
If your vehicle has four-wheel drive and is equipped If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, you can send your
with a manual transmission, disregard the shift light engine’s driving power to all four wheels for extra
when the transfer case is in 4LO. traction. To shift out of two-wheel drive and into
four-wheel drive, move the transfer case shift lever to
Locking Rear Axle 4HI or 4LO. You should use 2HI for most normal
If you have this reature, your rearaxle can give you driving conditions.
additional traction on snow, mud, ice, sand or gravel. It
works like a standard axle most of the time, but when
one of the rear wheels has no traction and the other does, NOTICE:
the locking feature will allow the wheel with traction to
move the vehicle. Driving in the 4HI or 4LO positions for a long
time on dry or wet pavement could shorten the
life of your vehicle’s drivetrain.

2-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Manual Transfer Case

An indicator light nearthe lever shows you the transfer

case settings:
If your four-wheel-drive vehicle has the manual transfer
case, the transfer case shift lever ison the floor next to 2HI
the driver. Use this leverto shift into and out of 0 4HI
four-wheel drive. 0 N SET PARK BRAKE
0 4LO

2-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The front axle portion of the diagram on the indicator 4LO: This setting also engages your front axle to give
will light up when you shift into four-wheel drive. A you extra traction and provides extra gear reduction.
slight delay between shifting and the pattern’s lighting You may never need 4LO. It sends the maximum power
is normal. If the pattern does not light up, or if the front to all four wheels. You might choose 4LO if you were
axle lights do not go out after you shift out of driving off-road in sand, mud or deep snow and
four-wheel drive, have your dealer check your system. climbing or descending steep hills.
Turn the INT LIGHTS switch located to the right of You can shift from 2HI to 4HI or from 4HI to 2HI while
your headlamp switch to dim your transfer case the vehicle is moving. Do not press the transfer case
indicator light when your headlamps or parking lamps shift lever button when shiftingfrom 2HI to 4HI or from
are on. This will also cause your instrument panel 4HI to 2HI. Your front axle will engage faster if you
lights to dim. take your foot off of the acceleratorfor a few seconds
2HI: This setting is for driving in most street and after you shift.
highway situations. Your front axle is not engaged in To shift your transfer case into N SET PARK BRAKE:
two-wheel drive.
1. Stop the vehicle and shift your transmission into
4HI: This setting engages your front axle to help drive NEUTRAL (N).
your vehicle. Use 4HI when you needextra traction,
such as on snowy or icy roads, or in most off-road 2. Set the parking brake. Your vehicle can roll unless
situations. the brakes are applied.
N SET PARK BRAKE: Shift to this neutral setting 3. Pull the transfer case shift lever into N SET
only when your vehicle needsto be towed. PARK BRAKE.

2-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To shift into or out of 4LO: Electronic Transfer Case (Option)
1. The vehicle must be moving less than 3 mph
If your four-wheel-drive
(4.8 kmrdh) with the transmission in NEUTRAL (N) vehicle has the electronic
for an automatic transmission. Fora manual
transfer case, the transfer
transmission, the clutch pedal must beengaged.
case switches are above
The preferred method for shifting intoor out of
the radio controls.
4LO is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph
(1.6 to 3.2 k d h ) .
2. Press the transfer case shift button and shift in one
continuous motion.
Don’t pause in N SET PARK BRAKE as you shift into
or out of 4L0, or your gears could clash.
Remember that driving in4HI or 4LO may reduce
fuel economy. Also, driving in four-wheel drive on Use these switches to shiftinto and out of four-wheel
dry.pavement could cause your tires to wear faster and drive. You can choose among three driving settings:
make your transfer case harder to shift and reduce
powertrain longevity. 2HI: This setting is for driving in most street and
highway situations. Your front axle is not engaged in
two-wheel drive.
4HI: This setting engages your front axle to help
drive your vehicle. Use 4HI when you need extra
traction, such as on snowyor icy roads, or in most
off-road situations.

2-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4LO: This setting also engages your front axle to give with an automatic transmission or the clutch pedal
you extra traction. You may never need 4LO. It sends engaged in vehicles equipped with a manual
the maximum power to all four wheels. You might transmission. The preferred method for shifting into
choose 4LO if you were driving off-road in sand, mud 4LO is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph
or deepsnow and climbing or descending steep hills. (1.6 to 3.2 km/h). Press and release the 4LO switch.
You must wait for the 4LO indicator light to stop
Indicator lights in the switches show you which setting
flashing and remain illuminated before shifting your
you are in. The indicator lights will comeon briefly when
transmission into gear or releasing the clutch pedal.
you turn on the ignition and one will stay on. If the lights
do not come on, you should take your vehicle in for If the 4LO switch is pressed when your vehicle is in
service. An indicator light will flash while shifting.It will gear and/or moving, the 4LO indicator light will flash
remain illuminated when the shift is completed. for 30 seconds and not complete the shift unless your
vehicle is moving slower than 3 mph (4.8 km/h) and
Shifting from 2HI to 4HI' the transmission is in NEUTRAL (N) or the clutch
Press and release the 4HI switch. This can be done at pedal engaged.
any speed, and the front axle will lock automatically. On automatic transmission equipped vehicles, if your
transfer case does not shift into 4L0, your transmission
Shifting from 4HIto 2HI indicator switch may require adjustment. With your
Press and release the 2HI switch. This can be done at transmission in NEUTRAL (N), press and release the
any speed, and the front axle will unlock automatically. 4LO switch. While the 4LO indicator light is flashing,
shift your transmission into PARK (P). Wait until the
Shifting from 2HI or I1 to 4LO 4LO indicator light remains illuminated before shifting
To shift from t H I or 4HI to 4L0, the vehicle must be your transmission into gear. This will get you into 4L0,
stopped or moving less than 3 mph (4.8 km/h) with the but you should take your vehicle in for service to restore
transmission in NEUTRAL (N) in vehicles equipped normal operation.

2-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Shifting from 4LO to 4HI On automatic transmission equipped vehicles,if your
To shift from 4LO to 4H1, your vehicle must be transfer case does not shift into4H1, your transmission
stopped or moving less than 3 mph (4.8 km/h) with the indicator switch may require adjustment. With your
transmission in NEUTRAL (N) or the clutch pedal transmission in NEUTRAL (N), press and release the
4HI switch. While the4HI indicator light is flashing,
engaged. The preferred method for shifting out of
shift your transmission intoPARK (P). Wait until the
4LO is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph
4HI indicator light remains illuminated before shifting
(1.6 to 3.2 km/h). Press and release the 4HI switch.
your transmission into gear. This will get you into 4H1,
You must wait for the 4HI indicator light to stop
but you should take your vehiclein for service to restore
flashing and remain illuminated before shifting your
transmission into gear or releasing the clutch pedal. normal operation.

If the 4HI switch is pressed when your vehicle is in Parking Brake

gear and/or moving, the 4HI indicator light will flash To set the parking brake, hold the regular brake pedal
for 30 seconds but not complete the shift unless the down with your right foot. Push down the parking brake
vehicle is moving slower than3 mph (4.8 km/h) and pedal with your left foot. Ifthe ignition is on, the brake
the transmission is in NEUTRAL (N) or the clutch system warning light willcome on.
pedal engaged.
To release the parking brake holdthe regular brake
pedal down.

2-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Pull the BRAKE RELEASE Shifting Into PARK (P)
lever. It is locatedon the
bottom driver’s side of the (Automatic TransmissionModels Only)
instrument panel.
A CAUTION:
It can be dangerousto get obLdf your vehicle if
the shift leveris not fully inPARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have left the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or otherscould be
NOTICE: injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move, even
when you’re on fairlylevel ground, use the steps
Driving with the parking brake on can cause that follow. If you have four-wheel drivewith a
your rear brakes to overheat.
You may have to manual transfer case shift lever and your
replace them, andyou could also damage other transfer case is in NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle
parts of your.vehicle. will be free toroll, even if your shift lever is
in PARK (P). So, be sure the transfer case is
If you are towing a trailer and you must park on a hill, --
in a drive gear not in NEUTRAL (N).If
see “Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index. That section shows you’re pulling a trailer,see “Towing a Trailer”
what to do first to keep the trailer from moving. in the Index.

2-27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Column Shift Lever
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your rightfoot and
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position
like this:

Move the lever up as far as it will go.

3. If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer
case shift lever, besure the transfer case is in a drive
gear -- not in NEUTRAL (N).
4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK.
5. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
0 Pull the lever toward you. leave your vehicle with the key, your vehicle in
is
PARK (P).

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Console Shift Lever 4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
remove the key and leave your vehicle, your vehicle
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and is in PARK (P).
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine
like this: Running (Automatic Transmission
Models Only)

It can be dangerous toleave your vehicle with the

engine running. Your vehicle could move suddenly
if the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. If you have four-wheel
drive with a manual transfercase shift lever and
your transfer case is inNEUTRAL (N), your
vehicle will be free to roll,even if your shift lever
is in PARK (P). So be sure the transfercase is in a
--
drive gear not in NEUTRAL (N). And, if you
Hold in the button on the lever. leave the vehicle with the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You or otherscould
0 Push the lever all the way toward the front of be injured. Don’t leave your vehicle with the
the vehicle. engine running unless you have to.
1. Turn the ignition key to LOCK.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If you have to leave your vehicle with theengine Shifting Outof PARK (P)
running, be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your
parking brake is firmlyset before you leave it. After (Automatic Transmission)
you’ve moved the shiftlever into the PARK (P) Your vehicle has a brake-transmission shift interlock.
position, hold the regularbrake pedal down. Then, see You have to fully apply your regular brake beforeyou
if you can move the shift lever away from PARK (P) can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in the
without first pullingit toward you or pressing the button RUN position. See “Automatic Transmission Operation”
on a console shift lever. If you can, it means that the in the Index.
shift lever wasn’t fullylocked into PARK (P).
If you cannot shift out of PARK(P), ease pressure on
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission) the shift lever -- push the shiftlever all the way into
PARK (P) as you maintain brake application. Then
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your move the shift lever into the gear you want (you must
transmission into PARK(P) properly, the weight ofthe press the shift lever buttonif you have the console
vehicle may put too muchforce on the parking pawl in shift lever).
the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the
shift lever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.” If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t
To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift out of PARK (P), trythis:
shift into PARK (P) properly before youleave the 1. Turn the key to OFF.
driver’s seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into
PARK (P)” in the Index. 2. Apply and hold the brake until the endof Step 4.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift leverout of 3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
PARK (P) before you release the parking brake. 4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear
If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another you want.
vehicle push yours a little uphill to takesome of the 5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
pressure from the transmission, so you can pull theshift
lever out of PARK(P).

2-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Parking Your Vehicle Parking Over ThingsThat Burn
(Manual Transmission Models Only)
Before you get outof your vehicle, turn off your engine,
put your manual transmission in REVERSE (R) and
firmly apply the parking brake.
If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case
shift lever, be sure your transfer case is in a drivegear.
Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
If you are parking on a hill, or if your vehicle is pulling
a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index.

Things that can burn could touch hot ex1Ist

parts under your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park
over papers, leaves, dry grass or other things that
can burn.
I I
2-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Engine Exhaust Running Your Engine While You’re
Parked (Automatic Transmission)
A CAUTION: It’s better not to park with the engine running. But if you
ever have to, here are some things to know.
Engine exhaust cankill. It ‘contains the gas
carbon monoxide(CO), which you can’t see or
smell. It cancause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if: Idling the enginewith the air system control
Your exhaust system sounds strange off could allow dangerous exhaust into
or different. your vehicle (see the earlier Caution under
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath. “Engine Exhaust”).
Your vehicle was damaged in a collision. Also, idling ina closed-in place can let deadly
0 Your vehicle was damaged when driving over carbon monoxide(CO) into yourvehicle even
high points on the roador over road debris. if the fanswitch is at the highest setting. One
Repairs weren’t done correctly. place this can happenis a garage. Exhaust with --
Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
--
CO can come ineasily. NEVER park ina
garage with the engine running.
If you ever suspect exhaustis coming into Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. (See
your vehicle: “Blizzard” in theIndex.)
Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out any CO; and
Have your vehicle fixed immediately.

2-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Windows
/I\ CAUTION: Manual Windows
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if Turn the handcrank on each door to raise or lower your
the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the manual side door windows.
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
Power Windows (Option)
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
running unlessyou have to. If you’ve left the If you have the optional power windows, the controls
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly. are on each of the side doors. Your power windows will
only work when the ignition has beenturned to RUN.
You or otherscould be injured.To be sure your The driver’s door has a switch for the passenger
vehicle won’t move, even when you’reon fairly windows as well.
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever toPARK (P).

If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case

shift lever and your transfer case is in NEUTRAL (N),
your vehicle will be free to roll, even if your shift lever
is in PARK (P). So, be sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear -- not in NEUTRAL (N). Always set your parking
brake. Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle
won’t move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in
the Index.

2-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Lockout Switch
--
...., , .. . ...

Press the side of the switch with the down arrow to

lower the window.
P r e s the side of the switch with the up arrow to raise Four-door vehicles have a lockout feature to prevent
the window. passengers from operating power windows. It is
located on the driver’s door. PressLOCK to activate
Express-Down Window this feature. Press NORM and the windows returnto
The driver’s window switch has an express-down normal operation.
feature that allows you to lower it without holding the
window switch. Hold the driver’s window switch down
for more than a 1/2 second to activate the express-down
feature. Lightly tap the switch to open the window
slightly. The express-down feature can be interrupted at
any time by pressing theup arrow end of the switch.
2-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Swing-Out Wind'ows(2-Door Only) Tilt Wheel (Option)
If you have the tilt steering
wheel, you should adjust
the steering wheel before
'you drive.

When you close the window, be sure the latch catches. You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs
- more room,when you enter and exit the vehicle.
Horn To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the
To sound the horn, press the horn symbols on the lever toward you. Move the steering wheel to a
steering
copfortable
pads.
wheel level, then release.the lever to lock the
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.

2-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever Turn and Lane Change Signals
The turn signal has two upward (for right) andtwo
downward (for left) positions. These positions allow
you to signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the wayup or
down. When the turn is finished, the lever will
return automatically.
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turn or
lane change.

The lever on the left side of the steering column

includes your:
0 Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the lever
0 Headlamp HighLow Beam Changer until the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you
0 WindshieldWipers complete your lane change. The lever will returnby
itself when you release it.
0 WindshieldWasher
0 Cruise Control(Option)

2-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

,

As you signal a turnor a’lane change,if the arrows don’t Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
flash but juststay on, asignal bulb may be burned out
and other drivers won’t see your turn signal. Toxhange theheadlamps from low-beam to high or
high to low, pull the multifunction lever all the way
,- If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an toward you. Then release it.
accident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you
signal a turn, check the fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit When the highbeams are
Breakers” inthe Index) and for burned-out bulbs. on, this indicator light on
the instrument panel also
If you have atrailer towing option with added wiring for
will be on.
the trailer lamps, adifferent turn signal flasher is used.
With this flasher installed, the signal indicator will flash
even if a turnsignal bulb is burned out. Check thefront
and rear turn signal lamps regularly to make sure they
are working.

2-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Windshield Wipers Be sure to clear ice and snowfrom the wiper blades
before using them. If they’re frozen to the windshield,
You control the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them. If your blades do become
wipers by turning the band worn or damaged, get new bladesor blade inserts.
with the wiper symbol on it.
Windshield Washer
At the top of the multifunction lever there’sa paddle
marked with the windshield washer symbol andPUSH.
To spray washer fluidon the windshield, press the
paddle. The wipers will clear the window and then
either stop or return to your preset speed.

For a single wiping cycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold

it there until the wipers start, then let go. The wipers will
stop after one wipe. If you want more wipes, hold the
band on MIST longer.
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
You can set the wiper speedfor a long or short delay fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking
between wipes. This can be very useful in light rainor your vision.
snow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. The
closer to LOW, the shorter the delay.
For steady wiping at lowspeed, turn the band away
from you to the L,OW position.For high-speed wiping,
turn the band further, to HIGH.To stop the wipers,
move the band to the OFF position.

2-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Rear Window WasherNViper The rear window wiper operates witha constant five
second delay when the rear wiper switch is in the ON
position. If the rear glass is opened, the wiper arm will
automatically park on the endgate. When the glassis
WASH completely closed, the wiper will resume the delay mode.
10 wash the window, press and holdON. The wipers
will continue to work after you release the switch.
Press OFF to turn the wiper off.
The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as
the windshield washer. However, therear window
washer will runout of fluid before the windshield
REAR WIPER washer. If you can wash your windshield but not your
rear window, check your fluid level.

This switch is located on the instrument panel.

2-39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Cruise Control (Option) \

With cruise control, you can

maintain a speed of about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more
without keeping your foot
-
A CAUTIOh:
Cruisecontrt
'

I be dangerouswhere you
can't drive safely at a steady speed. So,
on the accelerator. This can don't use your cruise control on winding
really help on long trips. roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control does not Cruise control can be dangerous on
work at speeds below about slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes
25 mph (40 k d h ) . in tire traction can cause needless wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don't
use cruise control on slippery roads.
If you have an automatic transmission andyou apply
your brakes, the cruisecontrol will shut off.
If you have a manual transmission and you apply your
brakes or push the clutch pedal, the cruise controlwill
shut off.

2-40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Setting Cruise Control Resuming a Set Speed
Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed
and then you apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off
the cruise control. But you don’t need to reset it.
Once you’re going about
If you we yourcruisecontrol swil I on a !n 25 mph (40 km/h) or more,
you’re not using cruise, you might hita button
you can move the cruise
and go into cruise when you don’t want to. You
control switch from ON to
could be startled and even lose control. Keep the R/A for about a 1/2 second.
cruise control switch OFF until you want to use it.

1. Move the cruise control switch to ON

2. Get up to the speed you want.
3. Press in the SET button
at the end of the lever You’ll go right back up to your chosen speed and
and release it. stay there.
Remember, if you hold the switch at R/A longer than
a 1/2 second, the vehicle will keep going faster until
you release the switch or apply the brake. You could be
startled and even lose control. So unless you want to go
faster, don’t hold the switch atR/A.

4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

2-41

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control Using Cruise Control on Hills
There are two ways to go to a higher speed: How well yourcruise control will work on hills depends
Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed. upon your speed, load and the steepness of the hills.
Press the button at theend of the lever, then release When going up steep hills, you may want to stepon the
accelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going
the button and the accelerator pedal. You’ll now
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
cruise at the higherspeed.
to keep your speed down.Of course, applying the brake
Move the cruise switch from ON to WA. Hold it takes you out of cruise control. Many drivers find thisto
there until youget up to the speed you want, and be too much trouble and don’t use cruise control on
then release theswitch. To increase your speed in steep hills.
very small amounts, move the switch toR/A. Each
time you do this, your vehicle will go about 1 mph Ending Cruise Control
(1.6 kmh) faster. There are two ways to turn off the cruise control:
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control 0 Step lightly on the brake pedal or push the clutch
pedal, if you have a manual transmission.
you reach
Press in the button at the end of the lever until
the lower speed you want, then release it. 0 Move the cruise switch to OFF.
To slow down in very smallamounts, press the button Erasing Speed Memory
for less than a 112 second. Each time you do this, you’ll
go 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower. When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition,
your cruise control set speed memory is erased.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedalto increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.

2-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Lamps Press the top switch withthe parking lamps symbol on it
to turn on:
Parking Lamps
0 Sidemarker Lamps
0 Taillamps
License Plate Lamps
0 InstrumentPanelLights
0 Transfer Case Indicator Light (if you have one)
Press the bottom switch with the masterlamps
symbol on it to turn on all the lamps listed as well
as the headlamps.
Press the side of the switch marked OFF to turn off
your lamps.
The switches are on the left side of your instrument panel.

2-43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Lamps On Reminder When the DRL are on, only your headlamps will beon.
The taillamps, sidemarker and other lamps won’t beon.
A reminder tone will sound when your headlampsor The instrument panel won’t belit up either.
parking lamps are turned on and your ignition is inOFF,
LOCK or ACCESSORY. To turn the tone off, press the When it begins to get dark, your DRL indicator light
OFF switch. is a reminder to turn your headlamp switch on. The
other lamps that come on with your headlamps will
Daytime Running Lamps (If So Equipped) also come on.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make iteasier for When you turn the headlamp switch off, the regular
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. lamps will go off, and your headlamps will changeto
DRL can be helpful in many differentdriving the reduced brightnessof DRL.
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
To idle your vehicle with theDRL off, set the parking
short periods afterdawn and before sunset.
brake. The DRL will stay off until you release the
The DRL system will make your headlamps come on at parking brake.
reduced brightness when:
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
the ignition is on, headlamp system when you needit.
the headlamp switch is off, and
the parking brake is released.

2-44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Fog Lamps (Option) Remember, fog lamps alone will not give off as much
light as your headlamps. Never use your fog lamps in
the dark without turning on your headlamps.
Fog lamps will go off whenever your high-beam
headlamps come on. When the high beams go off, the
fog lamps will come on again.

Interior Lamps
Brightness Control
Turn the switch nextto the headlamp switch up to
make your instrument panel and transfer case lights
brighter. Turn the switch all the way upto turn on the
interior lamps.
Front Reading Lamps (Option)
Use your fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty Press the button neareach lamp on the overhead console
conditions. 'Your parkinglamps or low-beam headlamps to turn the reading lamps on and off. The lamps can be
must be on for your fog lamps to work. swiveled to point in the desired direction.
The fog lamp switch is on the instrument panel under
the lamps switches. Press the side of the switch with the
fog lamp symbol to turn the fog lamps on. Press OFF to
turn them off. A light will glow in the switch when the
fog lamps are on.

3 AL

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

‘ I
Front Map Lamps(Option) Dome Lamps I ’.
If your vehicle has optional front map lamps, they The rear dome lamp has a switch that lets you turn it on
are located on the inside rearview mirror. They will from the rear of the vehicle.
automatically come on for approximately 20 seconds
when either front door is opened or unlocked with the
Keyless Entry System, if so equipped, oruntil the
ignition key is turned to RUN or ACCESSORY. The
lamps will also stay on for approximately 15 seconds
after you exit the vehicle.
They will also stay on for 15,seconds when the INT
LIGHTS switch on the instiument panel is turned on
then off, while the ignition is off.
You can also turn the lamps on and off by pressing the
switch near each lamp.
I

Press the side of the switch with the lamp symbol to turn
on the front and rear dome lamps. Pressing the other
side of the switch will turn the cargoarea dome lamp
off, even when the endgate and doors’areopen.
c

2-46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Mirrors Outside Manual Adjust Mirror
Adjust your outside mirrors so you can just see the side
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror of your vehicle.
You can fold them before entering a carwash. Pull the
mirrors in toward the vehicle. Push the mirrors back out
when finished.

I Power Remote Control Mirror

The control is located on the
driver’s door armrest. Turn
the control to L or R to
choose the mirror, then
press the arrows on the
outside switch ring to adjust
the mirror.

Press the tab under the mirrorto reduce glare from

headlamps behind you.

2-47

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Convex Outside Mirror Storage Compartments
Your passenger’s side mirror is convex. A convex
mirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from the
Glove Box
driver’s seat. To open your glove box, squeeze the lever at the topof
the glove box and lower the door. Twocup depressions
are provided for your convenience, but the glove box
should not be open whiledriving.

Overhead Console (Option)

A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hita vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder
before changing lanes.

2-48

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Reading Lamps Installing a Garage Door Opener
Press the button near each If you have a garage door opener, the front overhead
lamp to turn the reading compartment can be used to conveniently store the opener.
lamps on and off. To install the garage door opener, first open the
compartment door by pressing the latch forward.
Peel the protective
backing from the hook
and loop patch.

I
The lamps can also be swiveled to point in the
desired direction.

Press it firmly to the back of your garage door opener, as

close to the center of the opener as possible.
Center the garage door opener activation button over
the console door button and pressthe opener firmly
into place.

2-49

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

F The pegs inside the Now, with the compartment
compartment door are used door closed, press the
to make sure the button on button again to make sure
the compartment door will the garage dooropener
contact the control button operates properly.
on the garage door opener.
.....

Add one peg at a time untilthe garage door opener With the garage door opener positioned properly and the
operates with the compartment door closed when you right number of pegs in place,you should only have to
press the button. press the button slightly to operate the opener. Adjust the
position of the garage door opener and add or remove
pegs, as needed, until the opener operates properly.

2-50

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Temperature and Compass Display Turn the display on or off by pressing the ON/OFF
switch. Display the temperature in either degrees
Fahrenheit (English) or Celsius (metric) by pressing
the USMET switch.
Before you turn on the ignition and move the vehicle,
the temperature indicated will be the lastoutside
temperature recorded with the ignition on.
If the outsidl- -3mperarure is37°F (3°C) or lower when
you turn on me ignition, ICE will appear on the display.
This is a warning to the driver that roadconditions may
be icy, and that appropriate precautions should be taken.
The compass is self-calibrating, so it does not need to
be manually set. However, when your vehicle is new,
the compass may function erratically. If it does, CAL
(Calibration) will appear on the display. To correct the
The outside air temperature and the compass are problem, drive in a complete 360" circle three times,
displayed at the front of the overhead console. The and the compass will function normally.
control switches are located to the left of the display.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Variance is the difference between magnetic north and
geographic north. In some areas, the difference between
the two can be great enoughto cause false compass
readings. If this happens, follow these instructions to set
the variance for your particular location:
1. Find your location on the zone map. Note your
zone number.
2. Press and hold both the ON/OFF and the US/MET
switches. The display will go off.
3. After five seconds, VAR CAL will appear on the
display. When it does, release both buttons.
4. Press US/MET until your zone number appears on
the display.
5. Press ON/OFF to enter your zone number. Your
variance is now set.

2-52

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

SunglassesCompartment
Storage Storage
Front Area

The console has a sunglasses storage compartment. If your vehicle has thisconsole compartment, squeeze
the front lever while lifting the top to open it. You
Door Storage can store cassettes in the slots in the front of the
You will find a storage compartment on each of the compartment. If you have a compact disc player, yo~l
front doors. may store compact discs inside the console.
Four-door models have storage pockets and cupholders
on rear doors.

2-53

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Convenience
Net
(Option) L

If your vehicle has thecenter armrest compartment, lift

the cover to expose the storage area which includes slots You may have a convenience net in the of your
rear vehicle
for cassettes and a coinholder. to help keep small items,like gloves and light clothing
A storage compartment under your radio may be used to in place during sharp turns or quick stops and starts.
hold small items. The net is not designed to retain these items during
off-road use. The net is notfor larger, heavier items.
The convenience net is anchored to the endgate door.
Attach the upper loopsto the retainers oneither side of
the endgate opening (the label should be in the upper
passenger side corner,. visiblefrom the rearof vehicle).
Attach the lower hooks to the rear cargo tie-downs on
the floor.
2-54

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Roll-Up Cargo Cover (Option) Cargo Tie Downs
If you have the optional cargo cover, you can use it to
cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle.
Grasp the handle and unroll the cover. Latchthe posts
into the sockets on the inside trim panel on the
passenger’s side of the vehicle to secure it.

I
A CAUTION:
An improperly s t o J cargo cover could be
thrown about the vehicleduring a collision or
sudden maneuver.You or others could be
injured. If you remove the cover,always store it
outside of the vehicle. When you putit back,
always be sure that it is securely reattached. There are four cargo tie downs in the rear that allow
you to strap cargo in and keep it from moving inside
the vehicle.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

L --<gageCTrrier (^ption) Use GM accessory racks that are compatible with your
luggage carrier for transporting sports equipment. These
are available through your GM dealer.

If you try to carry something on top of your

vehicle that is longer or wider than theluggage
--
carrier like paneling, plywood, a mattress, and
--
so forth the wind can catch it as you drive
along. This can causeyou to lose control. What
you are carrying could be violently torn off, and
this could cause you or other drivers to have a
collision, and of course damage yourvehicle. You
may be able to carry something like inside. this
But, never carry something longer or wider than
your luggage carrier on top of your vehicle.

Remove the center rubber strips in the crossrails and

The luggage carrier has slats,side rails and crossrails attach the GM accessory rack to the nut plates provided
attached to the roof to secure cargo, Themoveable tie through the center slots (four percrossrail).
downs, attached to the side rails, should be usedto
secure loads to the luggage carrier. The tap plates can be movedto accommodate various
positioning by sliding them inside the crossrailto the
desired locations before mounting the accessory rack.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You can adjust the crossrails to handle different size
loads. Just loosen the slider knobs at each end of the NOTICE:
crossrail and move them where you want them.Make
sure both sides of the crossrail are even, then tighten the Loading cargo thatweighs more than200 lbs.
slider knobs. (91 kg) on the luggage carrier may damage your
Be sure the cargo is properly loaded. Follow vehicle. When you carry large things, never let
these guidelines: them hang over the rear or the sidesof your
0 Carrying small, heavy loads on the roof is not vehicle. Load your cargoso that it rests on the
recommended. slats and does not scratch or damage thevehicle.
Tie the load to the moveable tie down (two per each Put the cargo against the side rails and fasten it
0
side of the side rails). Use the crossrails only to keep , securely to the luggage carrier. Put the main
the load from sliding. I weight as far forward as you can.
If you need to carry long items, move the crossrails
as far apart as possible. Tie the load to the moveable Don’t exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading
tie downs provided in the side rails. Also tie the load your vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity
to the bumpers. Do not tie the load so tightly that the and loading, see “LoadingYour Vehicle’’ in the Index.
crossrails or side rails are damaged.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you’re driving,
check now and then to make sure the luggage carrier and
cargo are still securely fastened.

2-57

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
To use the lighter, pressit in all the way, and let go.
NOTICE:
When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
Don’t put papers and other things that burn
into your ashtray.If you do, cigarettes or other
NOTICE: smoking materialscould set them on fire
causing damage.
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand
while it is heating.If you do, it won’t be able to To nove the front ashtray, lift the release tab as high
back away from the heating element when it’s as possible, then remove the tray.
ready. That can make it overload, damaging the
Four-door vehicles have smallerashtrays inside the rear
lighter and the heating element.
doors. Press PUSH to turn the ashtray aroundfor use.

The front ashtray mustbe completely pulled out to the Sun Visors
open position before theashtray cover opens and To block out glare, you can swing down the top and
smoking material can bedeposited. bottom visors. You can also swing the bottom visorfrom
side to side. Your visors may have an extension that can
be pulled outfor additional glare protection and a strap
for holding small items, such as maps.

2-58

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Visor Vanity ,Mirror Accessory Power Outlet (Option)
Pull the sun visor down and lift the cover to expose the If you have accessory power outlets, youcan plug in
vanity mirror. auxiliary electrical equipment. The accessory power
outlets are located below the cigarette lighter. Just pull
Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror (Option) down from the top of the door andfollow the proper
installation instructions that are included with any
electrical equipment you install.
These circuits are protected by a fuse and have
maximum current levels.

1 NOTICE:
When using the accessory power outlets, maximum
electrical load must not exceed25 amps. Always
turn off any electrical equipment when not in use.
Leaving electrical equipment on for extended
periods will drain your battery.

Pull the sun visor down and lift the mirror cover to turn
on the lamps.

2-59

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Instrument Panel

2-60

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1.AirVents 9. Audio System
2. Instrument Cluster 10. Fog Lamps (Option)
3. Electronic Transfer Case (Option) 1 1. Lamp Controls
4. Comfort Controls 12. Rear Endgate Release
5. Glove Box 13. Brake Release
6. Ashtray 14. Rear Window Washermiper
7. Cigarette Lighterpower Auxiliary Outlets (Option) 15. Rear Window Defogger (Option)
8. Storage Compartment

2-61

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Instrument Panel Cluster
Your instrument cluster is designed to letyou know at a glance how your vehicle is running. You’ll know how fast you’re
going, about how much fuel you’ve used, and many other things you’ll needto know to drive safely and economically.

SERVICE
ENGINE
SOON Q
SHIFT

UNLEADED FUEL ONLY

MPH P R N B D 2 1
I 0 0 0 0 0 0

Standard Cluster

2-62

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I SERVICE
ENGINE CHECK
L
ANTI -LOCK SOON

UNLEADED
FUEL ONLY

0
MPH RPM

Optional Cluster

2-63

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Speedometer ar Odometer Each tachometer hasa different limit depending on the
powertrain in your vehicle. The tachometer has three
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles areas: normal operating range, red warning rangeand
per hour (mph) and kilometers perhour (km/h). red danger range.
Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been Normal operating range shows your engine speed during
driven, in either miles (used in the UnitedStates) or normal driving conditions. For example, when the
kilometers (used inCanada). needle points to 2, it means the engine is running at
Your odometer is tamper resistant. It will show silver lines 2,000 revolutions per minute (rpm).The tachometer
between the numbers if someone triesto turn it back. needle will vary allthe time that the engine is running.
You may wonder whathappens if your vehicle needs a The red warning range tells you that your engine speed
new odometer installed. If the new one can be set to the is reaching its upper limits. Don’tdrive very long with
mileage total of the old odometer, then it must be. But if the tachometer in the red warning range. If you have a
it can’t, then it’s set at zero, anda label must be puton manual transmission, shift to a higher gear as soon as
the driver’s doorto show the old mileage reading when possible. If you have an automatic transmission, lift
the new odometer was installed. your foot off of the accelerator pedal.
Trip Odometer The red danger range tells you that your engine speed is
at its upper limits.You should immediately shift to a
The trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has higher gear, or lift your foot off of the accelerator pedal.
been driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero. L

To set the trip odometer to zero, press the button near

the readout. NOTICE:
Tachometer (Option) Do not operate the engine with the tachometer
in
The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions the red range, or engine damage will occur.
per minute (rpm).

2-64

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Warning Lights, Gages When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
and Indicators there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
This part describes the warning lights and gages that what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
locate them. dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’re a big help.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an Safety Belt ReminderLight
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also save you or When the key is turned to RUN or START, a tone will
others from injury. come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety beltis
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a already buckled.
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some The safety belt light will
warning lights come on briefly when you start the also come on and stay on
engine justto let you know they’re working. If you are for about 20 seconds,
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed then it will flash for about
when this happens. 55 seconds. If the driver’s
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem belt is already buckled,
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and neither the tone nor the
warning lights work together to let you know when light will come on.
there’s a problem with your vehicle.

2-65

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Air Bag Readiness Light Charging System Indicator Light
There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument The charging system light
panel, which shows AIR BAG. The system checks the will come on briefly when
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. The light you turn on the ignition,
tells you if there isan electrical problem. The system but the engine is not
check includes the air bag sensors, the air bag module, running, as a check to
the wiring and thediagnostic module. For more show you it is working.
information on the air bag system, see “Air Bag” in
the Index.
You will see this light flash
for a few seconds when you
turn your ignitionto RUN
or START. Then the light It should go out once the engine is running. If it stays
AIR should go out. This means on, or comes on while you are driving, you may havea
the system is ready. problem with the charging system. It could indicate that
BAG you have problems with a generator drive belt, or
another electrical problem. Have it checked right away.
Driving while this light is on could drain your battery.
If you must drive a short distance with the lighton, be
certain to turn off all your accessories, such as the radio
If the air bag readiness light doesn’t come on when you and air conditioner.
start your vehicle,or stays on, or comes on when you
are driving, your air bag system may not work properly.
Have your vehicle serviced right away.

2-66

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Voltmeter Gage You can only drive for a short time with the reading in
either warning zone. If you must drive, turn off all

I When your engine is not

running, but the ignition is
on (in the RUN position),
unnecessary accessories.
Readings in either warning zone indicate a possible
problem in the electrical system. Have the vehicle
this gage shows your
serviced as soon as possible.
battery’s state of charge in
DC volts. Brake System Warning Light
Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is dividedinto
two parts. If one part isn’t working, theother part can
still work and stop you. For good braking, though, you
need both parts working well.
When the engine is running, the gage shows the If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake
condition of the charging system. Readings between the problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
low and high warning zones indicate the normal
operating range. This light should come on
briefly when you turn the
Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a. ignition key to RUN. If it
large number of electrical accessories are operating in doesn’t come on then, have
the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an it fixed so it will be ready to
extended period. This condition is normal since the warn you if there’s a
charging system is not able to provide full power at problem.
engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds
allow the charging system to create maximum power.

2-67

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the Anti-Lock Brake SystemWarning Light
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedalmay go closer to the floor. With the anti-lock brake
It may take longerto stop. If the light is stillon, have the system, this light will
vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle” , come on when you start
in the Index.) ANTI - LOCK your engine and may stay
on for several seconds.

I
’A CAUTIOI-
That’s normal.

Your brake system may not be working properly

if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
with the brake system warning light on can lead
If the light stays on, or comes on when you’re driving,
to an accident. If the lightis still on after you’ve your vehicle needs service.If the regular brake system
pulled off the road and stopped carefully, have warning light isn’t on, you still have brakes, but you
the vehicle towed for service. don’t have anti-lock brakes.If the regular brake system
warning light is also on, you don’t have anti-lock brakes
and there’s a problem with your regular brakes.See
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light “Brake System Warning Light” earlier in this part.
will also come on when you set your parking brake.The
light will stayon if your parking brake doesn’t release The anti-lock brake system warning light shouldcome
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake isfully on briefly when you turn the ignition keyto RUN. If the
released, it means you have a brake problem. light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.

2-68

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
This gage shows the
engine coolant temperature. Your vehicle is equipped
If the gage pointer moves with a computer which
into the red area, your monitors operation of the
engine is too hot! fuel, ignition and emission
SERVICE control systems.
ENGINE
SOON

It means that yourengine coolant has overheated. If you

have been operating your vehicle under normaldriving This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board
conditions, you should pull off the road, stop your Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to
vehicle and turn off the engine assoon as possible. assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for
In “Problems on the Road,” this manual shows you what the life of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
to do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index. environment. (In Canada, OBD I1 is replaced by
Enhanced Diagnostics.) The SERVICE ENGINE
SOON light comes on to indicate that there is a
problem and service is required. Malfunctions often
will be indicated by the system before any problem
is apparent, which may prevent more serious damage
to your vehicle. This system is also designed to assist
your service technician in correctly diagnosing
any malfunction.

2-69

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If the Light Is Flashing
NOTICE: The following may prevent more serious damage to
your vehicle:
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
Reducevehiclespeed.
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not as be. Avoid hardaccelerations.
good and your engine may not run as smoothly. 0 Avoid steep uphill grades.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
0 If towing a trailer, reduce the amount of cargo being
covered by your warranty. hauled as soon as it is possible.
If the light stops flashing and remainson steady, see “If
This light should come on, as a check to show youit is the Light Is On Steady” following.
working, when the ignition ison and the engine is not
running. If the light doesn’t come on, have it repaired. If the light continues to flash, when it is safe to do so,
This light will also come on during a malfunction in one stop the vehicle. Put your vehicle in PARK (P). Turn the
of two ways: key off, wait at least10 seconds and restart the engine.
If the light remains on steady,see “If the Light Is On
0 Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been Steady” following. If the light is still flashing follow the
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your dealer or
may damage the emission control system on your qualified service center for service.
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
and service is required.
0 Light On Steady -- An emission control system
malfunction has been detectedon your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.

2-70

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If the Light Is On Steady Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
You may be able to correct the emission system If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
malfunction by considering the following: “Fuel” in the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause your
engine not to run as efficiently as designed. You may
Did you just put fuel into your vehicle?
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully install put the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
the cap. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
cap has been left off or improperly installed. This will conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up.)
allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few This will be detected by the system and cause the light
driving trips should turn the light off. to turn on.
Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water? If you experience this condition, change the fuel brand
If so, your electrical system may be wet.The condition you use. It will require at leastone full tank of the
will usually be corrected when the electrical system proper fuel to turn the light off.
dries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off. If none of theabove steps have made the light turn off,
Are you low on fuel? have your dealer or qualified service center check the
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper testequipment and
As your engine starts to run out of fuel, your engine may diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts of problems that may havedeveloped.
air are sucked into the fuel line causing a misfire. The
system can detect this. Adding fuel should correct this
condition. Make sure to install the fuel cap properly. It
will take a few driving trips to turn the light off.

2-71

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Engine Oil Pressure Gage
The oil pressure gage shows CAUTION:
the engine oil pressure in
psi (pounds per square inch) Don't keep drivingif the oil pressure is low. If
when the engine is running. you do, your engine can become so hot that it
catches fire.You or others could be burned.

OIL 0- Check youroil as soon as possible and have your

vehicle serviced.

Canadian vehicles indicate pressure in kPa (kilopascals). NOTICE:

Oil pressure may vary withengine speed, outside Damage to your engine from neglected oil
temperature and oil viscosity, but readings above the problems can becostly and is not covered by
low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range.
your warranty.
A reading in the low pressure zone may be causedby a
dangerously low oil level or other problems causing low
oil pressure.

2-72

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Shift Light Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light
You have the shift light if You have this light on the
you have a manual instrument panel.
transmission. This light It goes on whenever the
comes on very briefly as a DRL are on, the ignition
bulb check when you start is on, the headlamp switch
the engine. Shifting when is off and the parking brake
the indicator light is on will
SHIFT help you get the best fuel
is released.
economy. See “Shift Light”
in the Index.

2-73

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Check Gages Light Fuel Gage
The CHECK GAGES light When the ignition is on,
will come on briefly when the fuel gage tells you
you are starting the engine.

CHECK
e'
E
about how much fuel you
have remaining,

GAGES
B9

If the light comes on and stays on while you are driving, Here are four things that some owners ask about. None
check your coolant temperature and engine oil pressure of these show a problem withyour fuel gage:
gages to see if they are in the warning zones.
At the gas station, the gas pump shuts off before the
gage reads FULL (F).
It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage
indicated. For example, the gage may have indicated
the tank was halffull, but it actually took a little more
or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank.
The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or
speed up.
0 The gage doesn't go back to EMPTY (E) when you
turn off the ignition,

2-74

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

2-75

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

2-76

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

In this section you'll find out how to operate the comfort Fan Control
control and audio systems offered with your vehicle. Be The switch with the fan symbol changes the fan speed.
sure to read about the particular systems supplied with To increase the fan speed, move the switch upward
your vehicle. toward HI. To decrease the fan speed, move the switch
Comfort Controls downward toward LO.
With this system you can control the heating, cooling
Temperature Knob
and ventilation in your vehicle.
The upper knob regulatesthe temperature of the air
Climate Control System coming through the system. Turn the knob clockwise for
warmer air. Turn the knob counterclockwise for cooler air.

83 Mode Knob
HI
The lower knob allows you to choose the direction of
aI air delivery.
OFF: This setting turns the system off. Some outside air
will still enter the vehicle whenever the vehicle is
to moving forward.

3-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

MAX A/C: This setting provides maximum cooling Air Conditioning
with the least amount of work. MAX A/C recirculates
much of the air inside your vehicle so it cools quickly. On hot days, open the windows long enoughto let hot
inside air escape. This reduces the timeit takes for your
A/C: This setting cools the air entering your vehicle and vehicle to cool down. Then keep your windows closed

'+
I,.
directs it through the instrument panel outlets.
BI-LEVEL A/C: Air is delivered through the
for the air conditioner to work its best.
For quick cool-down on very hot days, use MAX A/C
heater floor outlets as well as the instrument panel with the temperature knob turned counterclockwise.

+.
outlets.
/J VENT: This setting directs airflow through the
This setting should be usedto keep odors and/or dust
from entering the vehicle. For normal cooling onhot
days, use A/C with the temperature knob turned
instrument panel outlets. The airconditioning counterclockwise.
compressor is not working when VENT is selected.
On cool but sunny days, use BI-LEVEL A/C to deliver
+ 0
HEATER: This ' setting directs warmed air through warm air to the floor and coolerair to the instrument
the heater floor outlets and windshield defrosteroutlets. panel outlets.
w0
+ , BLEND: Airflow is divided equally between the When the air conditioner ison, you may sometimes notice
slight changes in your vehicle's engine speed and power.
heater floor outlet and the windshield defroster outlets. This is normal because the system is designed to cycle the
'sw DEFROST This setting directs most air through compressor on and off to keep the desired temperature.
the windshield defroster outlets and some through the
heater outlets.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Heating
The heater works best if you keep your windows closed
while using it. On cold days, use HEATER with the
temperature knob turned clockwise. BLEND is useful in
cool weather when you have fog or iceon the
windshield or side windows.
If you use the optional engine coolant heater before
starting your engine, your heating system will produce
warmer air faster to heat the passengercompartment in
cold weather. See “Engine CoolantHeater” in the Index.
I
Ventilation System
For mild outside temperatures when little heating or
cooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside air You will find air outlets in the center and on the sides of
through your vehicle. Airflow is through the instrument your instrument panel.
panel outlets.
You can move the outlets to direct the flow of air, or
Your vehicle’s ventilation system supplies outsideair to close the outlets altogether. When you close an outlet, it
the inside of your vehicle when it is moving. When the will increase the flow of air coming out of any outlets
vehicle is not moving, you can get outside air to flow that are open.
through by selecting any mode and any fan speed.

3-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Ventilation Tips Rear Window Defogger (Option)
a Keep the hood andfront air inlet free of ice, snow or
any other obstruction (such as leaves). The heater 1
and defroster will workfar better, reducing the
chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
0 When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, turn the
blower fan toHI for a few moments before driving
off. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and
moisture, and reduces thechance of fogging the
inside of your windows.
0 Keep the air path under the front seats clear of
objects. This helps air to circulate throughout
your vehicle.
Defogging and Defrosting
On cool, humid days, use BLEND to keep the If your vehicle has thisoption, the rear window will
windshield and side windows clear. have lines that warm the glass. For best results, clear the
Use DEFROST to remove fog orice from the window of as much snow or ice as possible before using
windshield quickly in extremely humid or cold the rear window defogger.
conditions. Turn the temperature knob clockwise and To turn on the rear window defogger, find the switch
move the fan control toward HI. marked REAR DEFOG on your instrument panel below
the headlamp switch. Press ONuntil the light in the
switch conles on, then release it. It will only work if the
ignition switch is turned to RUN.

3-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The rear window defogger will stay on for five to seven Audio Systems
minutes, then turn off. If you need additional warming
time, turn it on again. You can turn the defogger off at Your D e b @audio system has been designed to operate
any time by pressing OFF. easily and give years of listening pleasure. You will get
the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint yourself
Do not attach a temporary vehicle license, tape or decals with it first. Find out what your Delco system can do
across the defogger grid on the rear window. and how to operate all its controls, to be sure you’re
getting the most outof the adyanced engineering that
went into it.
NOTICE:
Setting the Clock for All Systems Except
Don’t use a razor blade or something else sharp AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player
on the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
Press SET. Within five seconds, press and hold SEEK
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the until the correct minute appears on the display. Press and
repairs wouldn’t be coveredby your warranty. hold SCAN until the correct hour appears on the display.
Setting the Clock for AM-FM Stereo with
Compact Disc Player
Press SET. (The radio may be on or off.) Within five
seconds, press the SEEK right or left arrow until the
correct minute appears on the display. Press and hold
SCAN until the correct hour appears on the display.

3-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

AM-FM Stereo Finding a Station
TUNE-AM-FM: Turn this knob to tune in radio
stations. Press it to switch between AM and FM.
SEEK: Press this button togo to the next higher station
and stop.
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station for
a few seconds. The radio will go to the next station,
stop for a few seconds, then go to the next station.
SCAN will appear on the display. Press SCAN again
to stop scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your fmorite stations. You can set up to
Playing the Radio 14 stations (seven AM and seven FM).
PWR-VOL-RECALL: This knob turns the system on I . Tune in the desired station.
and off and controls the volume. Press the knobto 2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
display the time with the ignition off and to switch
between the clock and radio when the radiois on. 3. Press one of the four pushbuttons, within five seconds,
to store the station. Whenever you press that numbered
button, the station you set will return.
4. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

3-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

In addition to the four stations set as above, up to three AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
additional stations may be preset on each band by Player (Option)
pressing two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time,
within five seconds. Whenever you press the same
two buttons, the station you set will return.
4. Repeat these steps for each pair of buttons.

Setting the Tone

BASS: Slide this lever up to increase the bass. Adjust
the lever until the sound is pleasing to your ear.
TREBLE: Slide this lever up to increase the treble. You Playing the Radio
can reduce noise for weak or noisy stations by sliding PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL: This knob turns the system
this lever down. on and off and controls the volume. Press the knob to
display the time with the ignition off,to switch between
Adjusting the Speakers the clock and radio when the radiois on, and to go from
BAL: This control ring behind the PWR-VOL-RECALL one side of the tape to the other when a tape is playing.
knob adjusts the balance between the left and right speakers.
FADE: This control ring behindthe TUNE-AM-FM knob
adjusts the balance between the front and rear speakers.

3-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Finding a Station In addition to the four stations set as above, up to three
additional stations may be preset on each band by
TUNE-AM-FM: Turn this knob to tune in radio
pressing two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
stations. Press it to switch between AM andFM.
SEEK: Press this button togo to the next higher station 1. Tune in the desired station.
and stop. 2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station for 3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time,
a few seconds. The radio will go to the next station, within five seconds. Whenever you press the same
stop for a few seconds, then go to the next station. two buttons, the station you set will return.
SCAN will appear on the display. Press SCAN again 4. Repeat these steps for each pair of buttons.
to stop scanning.
b
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let Setting theTone
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to BASS: Slide this lever up to increase the bass. Adjust
. 14 stations (seven AM and seven FM). the lever until the sound is pleasing to your ear.
1. Tune in the desired station. TREBLE: Slide this lever up to increase the treble. You
2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.) can reduce noise for weak or noisy stations by sliding
this lever down.
3. Press one of the four pushbuttons, within five
seconds, to store the station. Whenever you press Adjusting the Speakers
that numbered button, the stationyou set will return.
BAL: This control ring behind the PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL
4. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton. knob adjusts the balance between the left and right speakers.

3-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FADE: This control ring behind theTUNE-AM-FM knob AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape Player
adjusts the balance between the front and rear speakers. with Equalizer (Option)
Playing a Cassette Tape
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes thatare
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
that are so thin they may not work well in this player.
Once the tape is playing, usethe PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL
knob, just as you do for radio. A lighted arrow will be
displayed to show tape play direction.
FORWARD: Press the arrow button in the direction that
the lighted arrow points toadvance quickly to another
part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly to stop
forwarding and play the tape.
REVERSE: Press the arrow button in the opposite Playing the Radio
direction that the lighted arrow points to reverse quickly PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL: This knob turns the system
to another part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly on and off and controls the volume. Press theknob to
to stop reversing and play the tape. display the time with the ignition off, to switch between
the clock and radio when the radio is on, and to go from
PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL: Press this knob to go from
one side of the tape to theother when a tape is playing.
one side of the tape to the other.
STOP-EJECT Press this button to remove the tape or Finding a Station
stop playing the tape to play the radio. TUNE-AM-FM: Turn this knob to tune i n radio
stations. Press it to switch between AM and FM.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

SEEK: Press this button togo to the next higher station In addition to the four stations set as above, up to
and stop. three additional stations may be preset on each bandby
pressing two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station for
a few seconds. The radio will go to the next station, I . Tune in the desired station.
stop for a few seconds, then go to the nextstation. 2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
SCAN will appear on the display. Press SCAN again
to stop scanning. 3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time,
within five seconds. Whenever you press the same
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let two buttons, the station you set will return.
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
14 stations (seven AM and seven FM). 4. Repeat these steps for each pair of buttons.
I . Tune in the desired station. AM-ST Press this button to tune- anAM station that
broadcasts in stereo. Your STEREO light will come on
2. Press SET. when you’re receiving AM stereo. If you press AM-ST
3. Press one of the four pushbuttons, within five and there is no more noise, it means the station is weak.
seconds, to store the station. Whenever you press You’ll hear the station better if you do not use AM-ST.
that numbered button, the station you set will return. Press the button again todelete stereo.
4. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Setting the Tone FORWARD: Press the arrow button in the direction that
TONE ADJUSTMENT Set the bass, midrange and the lighted arrow points to advance quickly to another
treble by using the levers in the upper middle left corner to part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly to stop
get the sound you want. The60 and 250 levers adjust the forwarding and play the tape.
bass, 1K is midrange, and 3.5K and IOK control the treble. REVERSE: Press the arrow button in the opposite
We suggest you start with 1K in the midpoint position. direction that the lighted arrow pointsto reverse quickly
Then move the other levers up until you get the amount to another part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly
of bass and treble you like. to stop reversing and play the tape.
SEARCH: Press this button to the recessed position.
Adjusting the Speakers Press the lighted arrow to skip to the next selection. Press
BAL: This control ring behind the the opposite direction arrow that isnot lighted to replay
PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL knob adjusts the balance the current selection or skip to the previous selection.
between the left and right speakers.
PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL: Press this knob to go from
FADE: This control ring behind the TUNE-AM-FM knob one side of the tape to the other.
adjusts the balance between the front and rear speakers.
STOP-EJECT Press this button to remove the tapeor
Playing a Cassette Tape stop playing the tape to play the radio.
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are Your Delco system may be ableto receive C-QUAM@
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than stereo broadcasts. Many AM stations around the country
that are so thin they may not work well in this player. use C-QUAM to produce stereo, though some do not.
Once the tape is playing, use the PWR-VOL-PROG-RCL C-QUAM is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
knob, just as you do for radio. A lighted arrow will be If your Delco system canget C-QUAM signals,
displayed to show tape play direction. your STEREO light will come on when you are
receiving stereo.
CrO2: This button lets you set the system for the type of
cassette being used. I f you are using chrome or metal
tapes, press the button in.
3-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Finding a Station
Player (Option) TUNE-BAND: Turn this knob to tune in radio stations.
Press it to switch between AM and FM. AM or FM will
show briefly on the display.
SEEK: Press the right arrowto go to the next higher
station and the left arrow to go to the next lower station.
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station for a
few seconds. SC will appear on the display. The radio
will go to the next station, stop for a few seconds, then
go to the next station. Press SCAN again to stop
scanning and stay ata station.
PUSHBUTTONS: The five numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favoritestations. They are also used
Playing the Radio when you play a compact disc. You can set up to
10 stations (five AM and five FM).
POWER-VOL: This knob turns the system on and off and
controls the volume when the ignition is on. Volume is I . Tune in the desired station.
displayed unless BAL, FADE, BASS or TREB are adjusted. 2. Press SET. (SET appears on the display.)
MUTE: Press this buttonto stop all sound from the radio
or 3. Press one of the five pushbuttons, within five
compact disc player. PressMUTE again to resume sound. seconds, to store thestation. Whenever you press
RCL: Press this button to display the time with the that numbered button, the stationyou set will return.
ignition off and to switch between the clock and radio 4. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
when the radio is on.

3-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Setting the Tone If the disc comes back out and/or ERR appears on
the display:
BASS: Press the BASS up arrow to increase bass and
the BASS down arrow to decrease bass. Press the center You are driving on a very rough road. (The disc
of the button for the factory-preset bass position. The should play when the road gets smoother.)
bass level will be displayed for about 10 seconds 0 The disc is upside down.
whenever this button is pressed.
0 It is dirty, scratched or wet.
TREB: Press the TREB up arrow to increase treble and
the TREB down arrow to decrease treble. Press the 0 It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
center of the button for the factory-preset treble try again.)
position. The treble level will be displayed for about 0 The disc player is too hot to play the disc. (As soon
10 seconds whenever this button is pressed. as things get back to normal, the disc should play.)
Adjusting the Speakers Turn the POWER-VOL knob to turn the system on.
BAL: This control ring behind the POWER-VOL knob RCL: Press this button to see what track is playing.
adjusts the balance between theleft and right speakers. Press it again within five seconds to see how long it has
Balance will be displayed briefly when using this control. been playing. The track number also appears when you
change the volume or when a new track starts to play.
FADE: This control ring behind the TUNE knob adjusts
the balance between the front and rear speakers. Fade COMP (2): Press this button to make loud and soft
levels will be briefly displayed. passages more nearly equal in volume. COMP will
appear on the display while using this control.
Playing a Compact Disc
RDM (3): Press this button to play tracks in a random,
Insert a disc partway into the slot, label side up. The rather than sequential, order. RDM will appear on the
radio will pull the disc the rest of the way in. Wait a display while using this control. Press the button again
few seconds and the disc should play. to return to normal sequence.

3-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

REV (4): Press and hold this buttonto return to a Press the POWER-VOL knob or turn the ignition key
passage quickly. Release it to play the passage. The off to stop the disc player. The discstays in the player
counter reading will appear on the display while using and will resume playing at the point where it stopped.
this control. EJCT Press this button to eject the disc and play the
FWD (5): Press and hold this button to advance to a radio. The disc will start at track onewhen you reinsert it.
passage quickly. Release it to resume playing. Watch the
display to stop ata specific passage. Theft-Deterrent Feature
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each selection for Delco LOC II@ is a theft-deterrent feature for the
about six seconds. The disc will go to the next selection, compact disc player.It can be used or ignored. If ignored,
stop for a few seconds, then go to the next selection. the system plays normally.If used, your player won’t be
Press RDM, SCAN or any other motion button again to usable if it is ever stolen, because it won’t turn on.
stop scanning. The instructions below tell you how to enter a secret
PREV: Hold the backward arrow or press it more than code into the system. It is recommended that you read
once to return the discto previous tracks. through all 11 steps before starting the procedure. If
your vehicle loses battery powerfor any reason, you
NEXT Press the forward arrow to hear thenext track must unlock the systemwith your secret code before the
now instead of waitinguntil the current track is finished. radio will turn on.
If you hold this button or press it more than once, the
disc will advance further. NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse
between any steps, the radio automatically reverts to
ST-PL: Press this button tostop the disc and play the time and you must start the procedure over atStep 4.
radio. Press it again to restart the disc at the point where
it stopped.

3-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Locking the Theft System Unlocking the TheftSystem After a Power Loss
1. Write down any six-digit number and keep it in a Enter your secret code as follows: pause no more than
safe place separate from the vehicle. 15 seconds between steps:
2. Turn the ignition to the ACCESSORY or 1. Turn the ignition on with the radio off.
RUN position. 2. Press SET and 000 will appear on the display.
3. Press POWER to turn the radio off. 3. Press SCAN to make the first digit appear.
4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down 4. Press SEEK right arrow or SEEK left arrow to make
until --- shows on the display. Next you will use the the next two digits agree with your code.
secret code number which you have written down.
5. Press BAND and 000 will appear on the display
5 . Press SET and 000 will appear on the display. again. Now you are ready to enter the last three
6. Press SCAN to make the first digit appear. digits of your code.
7. Press SEEK right arrow or SEEK left arrow to 6. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for the last three digits of
make the next two digits agree with your code. your code.
8, Press BAND and 000 will appear on the display '7. Press BAND after you have confirmed that the code
again. Now you are ready to enter the last three matches the secret code you have written down. The
digits of your code. time will be displayed indicating that the system is
disabled. If the display shows SEC, the numbers
9. Repeat Steps 6 and 7 for the last three digits of entered did not match your secret code and the unit
your code.
is still secured.
10, Press BAND and the display will showREP forabout
When battery power is givento a secured radio, the
five seconds and then 000 will appear on the display.
radio won't turn on and LOC will appear on the display.
-.I 1. Repeat Steps 6 through 10. This time the display will
show SEC to let you know that yourradio is secure.

3-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Disabling the TheftSystem Understanding Radio Reception
1. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together for five seconds
FM Stereo
with the ignition on but the radio off. SEC will
appear on the display to show that the unit is in the FM stereo will give you the best sound. But FM signals
secure mode. will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere withFM signals, causing
2. Press SET and 000 will appear on the display.
the sound to come and go.
3. Press SCAN to make the first digit appear.
AM
4. Press SEEK right arrow or SEEK left arrow to make
the next two digits agree with your code. The display The range for most AM stations is greater than forFM,
will show the numbers you entered. especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other.AM can pick
5. Press BAND and 000 will appear on the display. up noise from things likestorms and power lines. Try
6. Enter the second three digits of the code. The display reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
will show the numbers you entered.
7. Press BAND. The disabling sequence was correct
if --_shows on the display. The disabling sequence
was incorrect if SEC shows on the display.

3-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Tips About Your Audio System
Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
NOTICE:
until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be loud Before you add any sound equipment to your
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by --
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe --
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can add
sound level before your hearing adapts to it. what you want. If you can, it’s very important to
To help avoid hearing loss or damage: do itproperly. Added soundequipment may
interfere with the operationof your vehicle’s
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting. engine, Delco radio or othersystems, and even
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably damage them. Your vehicle’s systems may
and clearly. interfere with the operationof sound equipment
that has been added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules
covering mobile radio and telephoneunits.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Care of Your Cassette Tape Player Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may
degrade over time. Always makesure that the cassette
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly cancause tape is in good condition beforeyou have your tape
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged player serviced.
mechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and Care of Your Compact Discs
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may notoperate
properly or may cause failure of the tape player. Handle discs carefully.Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and awayfrom direct sunlight
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every and dust. If the surface ofa disc is soiled, dampen a
50 hours of use. If you notice a reduction in sound clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
quality, try a known good cassette to see if the tape or clean it, wiping from thecenter to the edge.
other cassette has no
the tape player is at fault. If this
improvement in sound quality, clean the tape player. Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
Cleaning may be done with a scrubbing action, edge of the hole andthe outer edge.
non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub
the tape headas the hubs of thecleaner cassette turn. It Fixed Mast Antenna
is normal for the cassette to eject while cleaning. Insert
The fixed mast antennacan withstand most car washes
the cassette at le.ast threetimes to ensure thorough
without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
cleaning. A scrubbing action cleaning cassette is
slightly bent, you can straighten it outby hand. If the
available through your GM dealer.
mast is badly bent, as it might be by vandals, you should
You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type replace it.
cleaner which usesa cassette with a fabric belt to clean
Check every once in a while to be sure the mastis still
the tape head.This type of cleaning cassette will not
tightened to the fender.
eject. It may not cleanas thoroughly as the scrubbing
type cleaner.

3-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

3-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

3-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 4 Your Driving and the Road

Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
vehicle: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.”
On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be readyfor their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of
Here you’ll find information about driving on different accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
also included many other useful tips on driving. maneuver, in both city and ruraldriving. You never
know when the vehicle infront of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.

4-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Drunken Driving The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive. But
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving what*if people do? How much is “too much” if the
is a national tragedy. It’sthe number one contributor to driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less thanmany might
the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims think. Although it depends on each person and situation,
every year. here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
a vehicle: who is drinking depends upon four things:
Judgment 0 The amount of alcohol consumed
Muscular Coordination 0 The drinker’s body weight
0 Vision The amount of food that is consumed before and
0 Attentiveness. during drinking
Police records show that almost half of all motor The length of time it has taken the drinker to
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases, consume the alcohol.
these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking According to the American Medical Association, a
and driving. In recent years, some 18,000 annual motor 180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured. BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reachthe
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the adult same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so they of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces
never drive after drinking. For persons under 2 1, it’s (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.

4-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Since alcohol is carried in body water,this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight wheneach has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of U.S. states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it’s even lower. The BAC limit for all
commercial drivers in the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
But the abilityto drive is affected well below a BAC
of 0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills
of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if 0.05 percent, and that theeffects are worse at night. All
the same person drank three double martinis (3 ounces drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent.
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’s Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of
consumes food just before or during drinking will have a 0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
somewhat lower BAC level. 0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having
a collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, thechance
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater; at a
a lower relative percentage of body water than men.
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!

4-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The body takes about an hour to rid itself of thealcohol
in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll becareful” isn’t the
A CAUTION:
right answer. What if there’san emergency, a needto
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street? Drinking and then drivingis very dangerous. Your
A person with even a moderate BAC might not beable reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and judgment
to react quickly enough toavoid the collision. can be affectedby even a small amountof alcohol.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that -- --
You can have a serious or even fatal collision
many people don’t know. Medical researchshows that if you drive after drinking.Please don’t drink and
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking.
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinalcord or Ride home ina cab; or if you’re with a group,
heart. This means that whenanyone who has been designate a driver who will not drink.
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in acrash, that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher thanif the person had notbeen drinking.

A A

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Control of a Vehicle Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where Braking action involves perception time and
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and reaction time.
the accelerator. All three systems have to do their work First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.
at the places where the tires meet the road. That’s perception time. Then you have to bring up
your foot and do it. That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 314 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as two orthree seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot of distance in an emergency,so
keeping enough space between your vehicle andothers
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry,icy); tire
tread; and the condition of your brakes.

Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s

easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires
and road can provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
4-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive Anti-Lock Brakes
in spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic.This Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes (ABS).ABS is an
is a mistake.Your brakes may not havetime to cool advanced electronic braking system that will help
between hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much prevent a braking skid.
faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace When you start your engine and begin to drive away,
with the traffic and allow realisticfollowing distances, your anti-lock brake system willcheck itself. You may
you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That hear a momentary motoror clicking noise while this test
means better braking and longer brake life. is going on. This is normal.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake If there’s a problem withthe
normally but don’tpump your brakes. If you do, the anti-lock brake system, this
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine warning light will stay on.
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is ANTI - LOCK See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” in
used up, it may takelonger to stop and the brake pedal the Index.
will be harder to push.

4-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster
than any driver could.The computer is programmed to
make the mostof available tire and road conditions.

Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.

You’re driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with ABS. You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
A computer senses that wheels are slowingdown. If one As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updateson
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will wheel speed andcontrols braking pressure accordingly.
separately work the brakes ateach front wheel and at the
rear wheels.

4-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need Steering
to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in Power Steering
front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave If you lose power steering assist because theengine
enough room up aheadto stop, even though you have stops or the system is not functioning,you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
anti-lock brakes.
Using Anti-Lock Steering Tips
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down Driving on Curves
and let anti-lock work for you.
You may feel the brakes It’s important to takecurves at a reasonable speed.
vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this is normal.
On vehicles with four-wheel drive, your anti-lock brakes A lot of the “driver lost control”accidents mentioned on
work at all times-- whether you are in two-wheel drive the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
or four-wheel drive. Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
the same lawsof physics when driving on curves. The
Braking in Emergencies traction of the tires against the road surface makesit
Use your anti-lock braking system whenyou need to. possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
With anti-lock, you cansteer and brake at thesame the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
time. In many emergencies,steering can help you more the vehicle going in the same direction. If you’ve ever
than even the very best braking. tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice,yodll understand this.
The traction you can get ina curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
which the curve is banked, and your speed. While you’re
in a curve, speed isthe one factor you can control.

4-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Suppose you’re steering througha sharp curve. Then you Steering in Emergencies
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems-- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet There are times when steering can be more effective
the road. Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too than braking. For example, you come over a hill and
much of those places. You can lose control. find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between
What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up on the parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you wantit avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop
to go, and slow down. in time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should That’s the time forevasive action -- steering around
adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speeds are the problem.
based on good weather and roadconditions. Under less Your vehicle can perform very well inemergencies like
favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower. these. First apply your brakes. (See “Braking in
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a Emergencies’’ earlier in this section.) It is better to
curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your front remove as much speed as you can from a possible
wheels are straight ahead. collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or
right depending on the space available.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.

4-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while
you’re driving.

An emergency like this requires close attention and a

quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheelonce you have If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
avoided the object. pavement, recovery shouldbe fairly easy. Easeoff the
The fact that such emergencysituations are always accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer
possible is a good reason to practicedefensive driving at so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.
all times and wear safety belts properly. You can turn the steering wheel. up to one-quarter turn
until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then
turn your steering wheel togo straight down the roadway.

4-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Passing 0 Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can see a sign up ahead that mightindicate a
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a turn or an intersection, delay yourpass. A broken
two-lane highway waits for just the right moment, center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes (providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver? solid line on your side of the lane or a double
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane solid line, even if the road seems empty of
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the approaching traffic.
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one thing,
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can following too closely reduces your area of vision,
suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the especially if you’re following a larger vehicle. Also,
worst of all trafficaccidents -- the head-on collision. you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle ahead
So here are some tips for passing: suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a reasonable
distance.
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides
and to crossroads for situations that might affect your
passing patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever
about making a successful pass, wait fora better time.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

0 When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up, Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder and
start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t start your left lane change signal before moving out
get too close. Time your move so you will be of the right lane topass. When you are far enough
increasing speed as the time comes to move into the ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a inside mirror, activate your right lanechange signal
“running start” that more than makesup for the and move back into the right lane.(Remember that
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass, just passed may seem to be farther away from you
you need onlyslow down and drop back again and than it really is.)
wait for another opportunity. 0 Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time
0 If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait on two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to next vehicle.
pass you as you pull out to pass the slowvehicle. 0 Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Remember to glance over your shoulder and check Even though the brakelamps are not flashing, it may
the blind spot. be slowing down or starting to turn.
0 If you’re being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get aheadof you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to the right.

4-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Loss of Control If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
Let’s review what driving expertssay about what vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
happens when the three control systems(brakes, steering vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the second skid if it occurs.
tires meet the road to do what the driverhas asked.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
steer and constantly seekan escape route or areaof want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
less danger. conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
Skidding vehicle control more limited.
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle. While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try your
Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration or braking
care suited to existing conditions, andby not “overdriving” (including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear).
those conditions. But skids are always possible. Any sudden changes could cause the tiresto slide. You
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s may not realize the surface is slippery untilyour vehicle
three control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels is skidding. Learn to recognize warningclues -- such as
aren’t rolling. In the steering or corneringskid, too enough water, ice or packed snow on the road to make
much speed or steering in a curve causestires to slip and a “mirrored surface” -- and slow down when you have
lose cornering force.And in the acceleration skid, too any doubt.
much throttle causes the drivingwheels to spin. Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best avoid only the braking skid.
handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.

4-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Driving Guidelines Off-Road Driving withYour
This multipurpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Four-Wheel-DriveVehicle
utility vehicle in Consumer Information Regulations This off-road guide is for vehicles that have
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety four-wheel drive.
Administration (NHTSA) of the United States
Also, see “Anti-Lock Brakes” in the Index.
Department of Transportation. Utility vehicles have
higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make If your vehicle doesn’t have four-wheel drive,you
them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road shouldn’t drive off-road unless you’re on a level,
applications. Specific design characteristics give them a solid surface.
higher center of gravity than ordinary cars.An advantage Off-road driving can be greatfun. But it does have
of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road some definite hazards. The greatest of these is the
allowing you to anticipate problems. They arenot terrain itself.
designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional
two-wheel-drive vehicles any more than low-slung sports “Off-roading” means you’ve left the great North
cars are designedto perform satisfactorily under off-road American road system behind. Traffic lanes aren’t
conditions. If at all possible, avoidsharp turns or abrupt marked. Curves aren’t banked. There are no road signs.
maneuvers. As with other vehiclesof this type, failure to Surfaces can be slippery, rough, uphillor downhill. In
operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control short, you’ve gone right back to nature.
or vehicle rollover. Off-road driving involves some new skills. And that’s
why it’s very important that you read this guide. You’ll
find many driving tips and suggestions.These will help
make your off-road drivingsafer and more enjoyable.

4-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Before You Go Off-Roading I
There are some things to do before you go out. For A CAUTION:
example, be sure to have all necessary maintenance and
service work done. Check to make sure all underbody 0 Cargo on the load floorpiled higher than
shields (if so equipped) are properly attached. Be sure the seatbacks canbe thrown forward
you read all the information about yourfour-wheel-drive during a sudden stop. You or your
vehicle in this manual. Is there enough fuel? Is the spare passengers couldbe injured. Keep cargo
tire fully inflated? Are the fluid levels up where they
below the topof the seatbacks.
should be? What are the local laws that apply to
off-roading where you’ll bedriving? If you don’t know, Unsecured cargo on the load floor can
you should check with law enforcement people in the be tossed about when driving over rough
area. Will you be on someone’s private land? If so, be terrain. You or your passengers can
sure to get the necessary permission. be struck by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly,
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving Heavy loads on theroof raise the vehicle’s
There are some important things to remember about center of gravity, making it more likely to
how to load your vehicle. roll over. You can be seriouslyor fatally
0 The heaviest things should be on the load floor and injured if the vehicle rolls over,Put heavy
forward of your rear axle. Put heavier items as far loads inside the cargo area, not on roof, the
forward as you can. Keep cargo in the cargo area far as forward
and low as possible.
Be sure the load is secured properly, so driving on
the off-road terrain doesn’t toss things around.
You’ll find other important information in this manual.
See “Vehicle Loading,” “Luggage Carrier”and “Tires”
in the Index.

4-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Environmental Concerns Traveling to Remote Areas
Off-road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying It makes sense to plan your trip, especially when going
recreation. However, it also raises environmental to a remote area. Know the terrain and plan your route.
concerns. GM recognizes these concerns and urges You are much less likely to get bad surprises. Get
every off-roader to follow these basic rules for accurate maps of trails and terrain. Try to learn
of any
protecting the environment: blocked or closed roads.
Always use established trails, roads and areas that It’s also a good ideato travel with at least one other
have been specially set aside for public off-road vehicle. If something happens to one of them, theother
recreational driving; obey all posted regulations. can help quickly.
Avoid any driving practice that could damage the Does your vehicle have a winch? If so, be sure to read
environment -- shrubs, flowers, trees, grasses -- or the winch instructions. In a remote area, a winch can be
disturb wildlife (this includes wheel-spinning, handy if you get stuck. But you’ll wantto know how to
breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through use it properly.
streams or over soft ground).
Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving
Always carry a litter bag . . . make sure all refuse is
removed from any campsite before leaving. It’s a good idea to practicein an area that’s safe and
close to home before you go into the wilderness.
Take extreme care with open fires (where permitted), Off-road driving does require some new and different
camp stoves and lanterns. driving skills. Here’s whatwe mean.
Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other Tune your senses to different kinds of signals.Your
combustible materials that could catch fire from the eyes, for example, need to constantly sweep the terrain
heat of the vehicle’s exhaust system. for unexpected obstacles. Your ears need to listen for
unusual tire or engine sounds. With your arms, hands,
feet and body, you’ll needto respond to vibrations and
vehicle bounce.

4-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful Scanning the Terrain
off-road driving. One of the best ways to control your
vehicle is to control your speed. Here are some things to Off-road driving can takeyou over many different kinds
keep in mind. At higher speeds: of terrain. You need to be familiar with the terrain andits
many different features. Here aresome things to consider.
0 you approach things faster and you have less time to
scan the terrain for obstacles. Surjizce Conditions. Off-roading can take you over
hard-packed dirt, gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, snow or
0 you have less time to react. ice. Each of these surfaces affects the steering, acceleration
0 you have more vehicle bounce when you drive and braking of your vehicle in different ways. Depending
over obstacles. upon the kind of surface you are on, you may experience
slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, delayed acceleration,
0 you’ll need more distance for braking, especially poor traction and longer braking distances.
since you’re on an unpaved surface.
Sutfkce Obstacles. Unseen or hidden obstacles canbe
hazardous. A rock, log, hole, rut or bump can startle you
if you’re not prepared for them. Often these obstacles are
hidden by grass, bushes, snow or even the rise and fallof
the terrain itself. Here are some things to consider:
When you’re driving off-road, bouncing and
Is the path ahead clear?
quick changes in directioncan easily throw you
out of position.This could cause you to lose 0 Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead?
control and crash.So, whether you’re drivingon Does the travel take you uphill or downhill? (There’s
or off the road, youand your passengers should more discussion of these subjects later.)
wear safety belts.
0 Will you have to stop suddenly or change
direction quickly?

4-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

w I I you drive over obstacles or rough terrain, keep a Driving on Off-Road Hills
firm grip on the steering wheel. Ruts, troughsor other
surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if Off-road driving often takes you up, downor across a
you’re not prepared. hill. Driving safely on hills requires goodjudgment and
an understanding of what your vehicle can and can’t do.
When you drive over bumps, rocks, or other obstacles, There are some hills that simply can’t be driven,no
your wheels can leave theground. If this happens, even matter how well built the vehicle.
with one or two wheels, you can’t control the vehicleas
well or at all.
Because you will be on an unpaved surface, it’s
especially important to avoid sudden acceleration,
sudden turns or sudden braking, Many hills are simply too steepfor any vehicle.
In a way, off-road driving requires a different kindof If you drive up them, you will stall. If you drive
alertness from driving on paved roads and highways. down them, you can’t control your speed. If you
There are no road signs, posted speedlimits or signal drive across them, you will roll over. You could be
lights. You have to use your own good judgment about seriously injured or killed. If you have any doubt
what is safe and what isn’t. about the steepness, don’t drive the hill.
Drinking and driving can be verydangerous on any
road. And this is certainly truefor off-road driving.
At the verytime you need special alertness and driving
skills, your reflexes, perceptions andjudgment can be
affected by even a small amountof alcohol. You could
have a serious -- or even fatal -- accident if you drink
and drive or ride with adriver who has been drinking.
See “Drunken Driving” in the Index.

4-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Approach lg a Hill 0 Is there good traction on the hillside, or will the
surface cause tire slipping?
When you approach ahill, you need to decide if it’s one
of those hills that’s just too steepto climb, descend or 0 Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you
cross. Steepness canbe hard to judge. On a very small won’t have to maketurning maneuvers?
hill, for example,there may be a smooth, constant 0 Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your
incline with only a small changein elevation where you path (boulders, trees, logs or ruts)?
can easily see all the way to the top. On a large hill, the
incline may get steeperas you near the top,but you may 0 What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff, an
not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by embankment, adrop-off, a fence? Getout and
bushes, grass or shrubs. walk the hill if you don’t know. It’s the smart way
to find out.
Here are some other things to consider as you approach
a hill. 0 Is the hill simply too rough? Steep hills often have
ruts, gullies, troughs and exposed rocks because they
0 Is there a constant incline, or does the hill get sharply are more susceptible to the effects of erosion.
steeper in places?

4-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Driving Uphill 0 Ease up on your speedas you approach the top of
the hill.
Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill, you
need to take some special steps. 0 Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more visible
to approaching traffic on trails or hills.
0 Use a low gear and get a firm grip on the
steering wheel. 0 Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to
let opposing traffic know you’re there.
0 Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain
your speed. Don’tuse more power than you need, 0 Use your headlampseven during the day. Theymake
because you don’t want your wheels to start spinning you more visible to oncoming traffic.
or sliding.
0 Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible.
If the path twists and turns,you might want to find A CAUTION: I
another route.
Driving to the top (crest)of a hill .atfull speed can
cause an accident. There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even another vehicle. You
could be seriouslyinjured or killed. As you near
Awning o r driving across steephills can be the top of a hill, slow down and stay alert.
dangerous. You could lose traction, slide
sideways, and possibly roll over. You could be
seriously injured orkilled. When driving uphills,
always try togo straight up.

4-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What should I do if my vehicle stalls, or is about As you are backing down the hill, put your left hand
to stall, andI can’t make it up the hill? on the steering wheel at the 12 o’clock position. This
way, you’ll be able to tell if your wheels are straight
A: If this happens, there are some things you should and maneuver as you back down. It’s best thatyou
do, and there are some things you must not do. back down the hillwith your wheels straight rather
First, here’s what you should do: than in the left or right direction. Turning the wheel
too far to the left or right will increase the possibility
0 Push the brake pedalto stop the vehicle and keep it of a rollover.
from rolling backwards. Also, apply the parking
brake. Here are some things you must not do if you stall, or are
about to stall, when going up a hill.
0 If your engine is still running, shift the transmission
to REVERSE(R), release the parking brake, and 0 Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into
slowly back down the hill in REVERSE (R). NEUTRAL (N) (or depressing the clutch, if you
have a manual transmission) to “rev-up” the engine
0 If your engine has stopped running, you’ll need to and regain forward momentum. This won’t work.
restart it. With the brake pedal depressed and the Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and
parking brake still applied, shift the transmission to you could go out of control.
PARK (P) (or, shift to NEUTRAL (N) if your
vehicle has a manual transmission) and restart the Instead, apply the regular braketo stop the vehicle.
engine. Then, shift to REVERSE (R), release the Then apply the parking brake. Shift to REVERSE (R),
parking brake, and slowly back down the hill as release the parking brake,and slowly back straight down.
straight as possible in REVERSE (R). 0 Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall
when going up a hill. If the hill is steep enough to
stall your vehicle, it’ssteep enough to cause you to
roll over if you turn around. If you can’t make it up
the hill, you must back straight down the hill.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Suppose, after stalling,I try to back down
the hill and decideI just can’t doit. What
should I do?
I
A CAUTION:
A: Set the parking brake, put your transmission If you have a manual transfer case shift lever,
in PARK (P) (or the manual transmissionin shifting the transfer case to NEUTRAL (N) can
FIRST (1)) and turn off the engine. Leave the cause your vehicle to roll evenif the transmission
vehicle and go get some help. Exit on the uphill is in PARK (P) (or, if you have the manual
side and stayclear of the path the vehicle would transmission, even if you’re in gear). Thisis
take if it rolled downhill. Do not shift the transfer because the NEUTRAL(N) position on the
case to NEUTRAL (N) when you leave the vehicle. transfer case overrides the transmission. If you
Leave it in some gear. are going to leave your vehicle, set the parking
brake and shift the transmission PARK to (P)
(or, put your manual transmission in FIRST (1)).
But do not shift the transfer case to the
NEUTRAL (N) position. Leave the transfer
case in the 2HI,4HI or 4LO position.

4-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Driving Downhill
When off-roading takes you downhill, you'll want to
. . . .
..
consider a number of things:
0 How steep is the downhill? Will I be able to maintain Heavy braking when going downa hill can cause
vehicle control? your brakes to overheat and fade. This could
cause lossof control and a serious accident.
0 What's the surface like? Smooth? Rough? Slippery?
Hard-packed dirt? Gravel? Apply the brakes lightly when descendinga
hill and usea low gear to keep vehicle speed
Are there hidden surface obstacles? Ruts? Logs? under control.
Boulders? I

What's at the bottom of the hill? Is there a hidden

creek bank or even a river bottom with largerocks?
If you decide you can go down a hill safely, then tryto
keep your vehicle headed straight down, and use a low
gear. This way, engine drag can help your brakes and
they won't have to do all the work. Descend slowly,
keeping your vehicle under control at all times.

4-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Q: Are there some things I should not do when @’ Am I likely to stall when going downhill?
driving down a hill?
A: It’s much more likely to happen going uphill.
A: Yes! These are important because if you But if it happens going downhill, here’s what to do.
ignore them you could lose control and have a
Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes.
serious accident. Apply the parking brake.
When driving downhill, avoid turns that take you 0 Shift to PARK (P) (or to NEUTRAL (N) with the
across the inclineof the hill. A hill that’s not too manual transmission) and, while still braking, restart
steep to drive down may betoo steep to drive across. the engine.
You could roll over if you don’t drive straight down.
0 Shift back to a low gear, release the parking brake,
0 Never go downhill with the transmission in and drive straight down,
NEUTRAL (N), or with the clutch pedal depressed
in a manual shift. This is called “free-wheeling.” If the engine won’t start, get out and get help.
Your brakes will have to do all the work andcould
overheat and fade.

4-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Driving Across an Incline Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the
incline even worse. If you drive across a rock with
Sooner orlater, an off-road trail will probably go across the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into
the incline of a hill. If this happens, you have to decide a rut or depression, your vehicle can tilt even more.
whether to try to drive across theincline. Here are some
things to consider: For reasons like these, you need to decide carefully
whether to try to drive acrossan incline. Just because
0 A hill that can be driven straight up or down may be the trail goes across the incline doesn’t mean you
too steep to drive across. When you go straight up or have to drive it. The last vehicle to try it might have
down a hill, the length of the wheel base (the rolled over.
distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels)
reduces the likelihoodthe vehicle will tumble end
over end. But when you drive acrossan incline, the
much more narrow track width (the distancebetween 1 A CAUTION: I

-1
the left and right wheels) may not prevent the vehicle
from tilting and rolling over. Also, driving across an Driving across an incline that’s too steep will
incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels. make your vehicle roll over.You could be
This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover. seriously injuredor killed. If you have any doubt
0 Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive about the steepnessof the incline, don’t drive
across a hill. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet across it. Find another route instead.
grass can cause your tires to slip sideways, downhill. I
If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it (a rock, a rut, etc.) and roll over.

4-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

&: What if I’m driving across an incline that’s not
too steep,but I hit someloose gravel and start to
slide downhill. What should I do?
A: If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways,
turn downhill. This should help straighten out the
vehicle and prevent the side slipping. However, a
much better wayto prevent this is to get out and
“walk the course” so you know what the surface is
like before you drive it.
Stalling on an Incline
If your vehicle stalls whenyou’re crossing an incline, be
sure you (and your passengers) get out on the uphill
side, even if the door there is harder to open.If you get
out on the downhill side and the vehiclestarts to roll
over, you’ll be right in its path.
If you have to walk down the slope, stay outof the path
- .,
. .. .
,, . ..
..:. .
the vehicle will takeif it does roll over. A CAUTION: ..
’ _ ,

Getting out on the downhill (low) side of a vehicle

stopped across an incline is dangerous.If the
vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed.
Always get out on the uphill (high) sideof the
vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Driving inMud, Sand, Snow or Ice Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction.
On these surfaces, it’s very easy to lose control. On wet
When you drive in mud, snow or sand, your wheels ice, €or example, the traction is so poor that you will
won’t get good traction. You can’t accelerate as have difficulty accelerating. And if you do get moving,
quickly, turning is more difficult, and you’ll need poor steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide
longer braking distances. out of control.
It’s best to use a low gear when you’re in mud -- the
deeper the mud, the lower the gear. In reallydeep mud,
the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you don’t
get stuck.
I
When you drive on sand, you’ll sense a change in wheel Driving on frozen lakes, pondsor rivers canbe
traction. But it will depend upon how loosely packed the dangerous. Underwater springs, currents under
sand is. On loosely packed sand (as on beaches or sand the ice, or sudden thaws can weaken the ice.
Your
dunes) your tires will tend to sink into the sand. This has vehicle could fall through the ice and you and
an effect on steering, accelerating and braking. You may your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle
want to reducethe air pressure in your tires slightly
on safe surfaces ‘only.
when driving on sand. This will improve traction.

4-27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Driving in Water
Light rain causes no special off-road driving problems.
But heavy rain can mean flash flooding, and flood I
A CAUTION:
waters demand extreme caution. ~ Driving through rushingwater can be dangerous.
Find out how deep the water is before you drive through Deep water can sweep yourvehicle downstream
it. If it’s deep enough to cover your wheel hubs, axles or and you and your passengers could drown. If it’s
exhaust pipe, don’t try it -- you probably won’t get only shallow water, it can still wash away the
through. Also, water that deep can damage your axle ground from under your tires, and you could lose
and other vehicle parts. traction and roll the vehicle over. Don’t drive
If the water isn’t toodeep, then drive through it slowly. through rushingwater.
At fast speeds, water splashes on your ignition system
and your vehicle can stall. Stalling can also occurif you
get your tailpipe under water. And, as longas your See “Driving Through Water” in the Index for more
tailpipe is under water, you’ll never be able to start your information on driving through water.
engine. When you go through water, remember that when
your brakes get wet,it may take you longer to stop.

4-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

After Off-Road Driving Driving at Night
Remove any brush or debristhat has collected onthe
underbody, chassis or under the hood. These
accumulations canbe a fire hazard.
After operationin mud or sand, have the brakelinings
cleaned and checked. These substancescan cause
glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure,
steering, suspension, wheels,tires and exhaust system
for damage.Also, check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to I
off-road use. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for
additional information.

Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One

reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired -- by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems, or by fatigue.

4-29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Here are some tips on night driving. driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
0 Drivedefensively. down on glare from headlamps, butthey also make a lot
of things invisible.
0 Don’t drink and drive.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching lights.
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the It can take a second or two, or even several seconds, for
glare from headlamps behind you. your eyes to readjust to the dark. When you are faced
Since you can’t see as well, you may need to with severe glare (as from a driver who doesn’t lower
slow down and keep more space between you and the high beams, or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps),
other vehicles. slow down a little. Avoid staring directly into the
approaching lights.
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up onlyso much road ahead. Keep your windshield and all theglass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
In remote areas, watch for animals. worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
If you’re tired, pull off the road ina safe place can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
and rest. lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of youreyes contract repeatedly.
Night Vision Remember that your headlamps light upfar less of a
No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But as roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old eyes moving; that way, it’seasier to pick out dimly
driver may require at least twice as much light tosee the lighted objects. Justas your headlamps should be
same thing at nightas a 20-year-old. checked regularly for properaim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright aren’t even aware of it.
sunshine you are wise to wearsunglasses. Your eyes will
have less trouble adjustingto night. But if you’re

4-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Driving in Rain andon Wet Roads And, if your tires don't have much tread left,you'll get
even less traction. It's always wise to go slower and be
I cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road and even
people walking.
It's wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tankfilled. Replace
your windshield wiper inserts when theyshow signs of
streaking or missing areas on the windshield, or when
strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts.

Rain and wet roads can meandriving trouble. On a wet

road, you can't stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn't as good as on dry roads.

4-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

' A CAUTION:
I
I
I
I
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won't work
well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one
side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving througha large puddle of water or
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakeswork normally.

Driving too fast through large water puddlesor even

going through somecar washes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Tryto avoid puddles.
But if you can't, try to slow down before you hit them.

4-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Hydroplaning Driving Through Deep Standing Water
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This canhappen if the road is wetenough and you’re
NOTICE:
r

going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,

it has little or no contact with the road. If you drive too quickly throughdeep puddles or
standing water, watercan come in through your
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your engine’s air intake and badly damage your
tires haven’t much treador if the pressure in one or
engine. Neverdrive through water thatis slightly
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone lower than the underbodyof your vehicle.If you
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning. through them very slowly.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
0 Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0 Have good tires with proper tread depth.
(See “Tires” in the Index.)

4-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
Know the best way to get to where you are going. Get
a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of
the city just as you would for a cross-country trip.
Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
0 Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light is
there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just before you start to
move, check both ways for vehicles that havenot
cleared the intersectionor may be running the red light.

One of the biggest problems withcity streets is the

amount of trafficon them. You’ll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing and pay attentionto
traffic signals.

4-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Freeway Driving Theimportant
most advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the
same
speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treatthe
left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
~ your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have theirown special rules.

4-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Just before you leave the lane, glance quicklyover your Before Leaving on aLong Trip
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your
“blind” spot. Make sure you’re ready. Try to be well rested.If you
must start when you’re not fresh-- such as after a day’s
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move of the journey. Wearcomfortable clothing and shoes you
slightly slower at night. can easily drive in.
When you want to leave the freeway, moveto the proper Is your vehicle ready for a long trip?If you keep it,
lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, do not, serviced and maintained, it’s readyto go. If it needs
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to service, have it done before starting out. Of course,
the next exit, you’ll find experienced andable service experts in GM
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply. dealers all across North America.They’ll be ready and
willing to helpif you need it.
The exit speed is usually posted.
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tendto think you are going
slower than you actually are.

4-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Here are some things you can check before a trip: Highway Hypnosis
0 Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Is there actually such a condition as “highway hypnosis”?
Are all windows clean inside and outside? Or is it just plain falling asleepat the wheel? Callit
a Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape? highway hypnosis, lack of awareness,or whatever.
0 Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids:Have you checked There is something about an easy stretch of road with the
all levels? same scenery, along with the humof the tires on the road,
the drone of the engine, and the rushof the wind against
0 Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean? the vehicle that can makeyou sleepy. Don’t let it happen
0 Tires: They are vitally important to a safe, to you! If it does, your vehicle canleave the road in less
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for than n second, and you could crash and be injured.
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the What can you do about highway hypnosis‘? First, be
recommended pressure? aware that it can happen.
0 Weather Forecasts: What’s the weatheroutlook Then here are some tips:
along your route? Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system? 0 Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
0 Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
0 Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead andto
the sides. Check your mirrors and your instruments
frequently.
0 If you get sleepy, pulloff the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, getsome exercise, or
both. For safety, treatdrowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.

4-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Hill and Mountain Roads If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, here aresome tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable. (See “Off-Road
Driving” in the Index for information about driving
off-road.)
0 Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and
transmission. These parts can work hardon
mountain roads.
0 Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your engine do some of the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.

If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get

so
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from hot that they wouldn’t work well.You would then
driving in flat or rolling terrain. have poor braking or even none going down a hill.
You could crash. Shift downto let your engine
assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope.

4-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Winter Driving
A CAUTION: < _. . .
:'. ..
i.
.,%. , .. ,

;I: ',...?-+: '';

,tb.,..
... . .
,

.
. ..
2-
'
,
. .. .
.

Coasting downhill inNEUTRAL (N) or with the

ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the work of slowing down. They could get so
hot that they wouldn't work well. You would then
have poor braking oreven none going down a hill.
You could crash. Always have your engine running
and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.

0 Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down

to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transmission, and you can climb the hill better.
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don't swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive atspeeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
0 As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There could be
something in your lane, like a stalled car oran accident.
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or
no-passing zones, a falling rocks. area or winding
roads. Be alert tothese and take appropriate action.

4-39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And,if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
of sand, a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places whereyour tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snowor ice between your tires and the
road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll have a
lot less traction or “grip” andwill need to be very careful.

What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard todrive on. But wet
ice can be even more trouble becauseit may offer the
least traction of all.You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32°F; OOC) and freezing rain begins to fall.
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews
can get there.

4-40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
or loose snow -- drive with caution.
Accelerate gently. Try notto break the fragile traction. If
you accelerate too fast, the drive wheels will spin and
polish the surface under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Even
though you have an anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.
0 Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.
0 Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be ina
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. If serious situation. You should probably stay with your
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help
are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on and you can hike through the snow. Here are some things
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers. to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
0 Turn on your hazard flashers.

0 Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that

you’ve been stopped by the snow.
4-41

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

0 . Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body I
insulators’from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats -- ahything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck unper your clothing to keep warm. Snow can trap exhaustgases under your vehi .I
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside.CO could overcomeyou and kill
, ,

you. You can’t see it orsmell it,so you might not

know it is in yourvehicle. Clear awaysnow from
around the baseof your vehicle, especially any
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check
around again from time to timebetosure snow
doesn’t collect there.
Open awindow just a littleon the sideof the
vehicle that’s away from the wind. This will help
keep CO out. \

You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.

4-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves 4. Place the transfer case shift lever in NEUTRAL (N).
fuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little faster Recreational vehicle towing is not recommended for
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. This vehicles with the optional electronic shift transfer
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the case or all-wheel drive because the transfer cases
battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to have no neutral position.
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on
with your headlamps. Let the heater run for awhile.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost
all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable Shifting the transfer case into NEUTRAL (N) can
from the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the cause your vehicleto roll even if the transmission
fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get is in PARK (P), for an automatic transmission,
out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises or if your vehicle is in gear, for a manual
every half hour or so until help comes. transmission. Thisis because the transfer case
Recreational Vehicle Towing overrides the transmission.
(Four-wheel Drive Only)
1. Set the parking brake firmly. 5. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle
being towed is firmly attachedto the tow vehicle.
2. Place an automatic transmission in PARK (P) or a
manual transmission in FIRST (1). 6. Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch and
turn it one notch forward of theLOCK position. This
3. Firmly attach the vehicle being towed to the tow places the key in the OFF position, which unlocks
vehicle. Do not tow the vehicle by the rear bumper the steering column while preventing battery drain.
bar. Refer to the hitch manufacturer’s instructions. Unlocking the steering column will allow for proper
movement of the front wheelshires during towing.

4-43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Loading Your Vehicle The Certificationnire label also tells you the maximum
weights for the front and rearaxles, called Gross Axle
*
I
I Weight Rating (GAWR). Tofind out the actual loads on
VR
‘GVWR F your front and rearaxles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle.Your dealer can help
you with this. Be sure to spreadout your load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
PAYLOAD I -=
PSI/KPA (COL Never exceed the GVWRfor your vehicle, or the Gross
n Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)for either the front or
rear axle.
\ SEE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION U
I

If you do have a heavy load, you should spread it out.

Similar appearing vehicles may have different
The Certificationrrire label is found on the driver’s door GVWR’s and payloads. Please note your vehicle’s
edge, above the door latch. The label shows the size of Certificationnire label or consult your dealer for
your original tiresand the inflationpressuresneeded to additionaldetails.
obtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle.This is
called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating).The
GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, cargo and trailer tongue weight,if pulling a trailer.

4-44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A CAUTION:
=
A CAUTION: ..,

1Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear and injurepeople in a sudden stop or turn, or
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can break, in a crash.
or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Put things in the cargo areaof your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose control. Also, Try to spread the weightevenly.
overloading can shortenthe life of your vehicle. 0 Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that some of them are
Using heavier suspension components to get added above the topsof the seats.
durability might not change your weight ratings. Ask 0 Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in
your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way. your vehicle.
0 When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it wheneveryou can.
NOTICE: 0 Don’t leave a seat folded down unlessyou
need to.
Your warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail because
of overloading.
~~
There’s also important loading information for off-road
driving in this manual. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in
If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases, the Index.
tools, packages, or anything else -- they will go as fast
as the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly,
or if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.

4-45

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Payload Towiy a Trailer
The payload capacity is shownon the Certificationmire
label. This is the maximum loadcapacity that your
vehicle can carry. Be sure to include the weight of the
occupants as part of your load. If you added any
A CAUTION:
accessories or equipment after your vehicle left the If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive
factory, remember to subtract the weight of these things properly, you can lose control whenyou pull a
from the payload.Your dealer can help you with this. trailer. For example, if the trailer istoo heavy, the
Add-on Equipment --
brakes may not work well or even at all. You
and your passengerscould be seriouslyinjured.
When you carry removable items, you may need to put a Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the
limit on how many peopleyou carry inside your vehicle.
steps in thissection. Ask your GM dealer for
Be sure to weigh your vehicle beforeyou buy and install
the new equipment. advice and information about towing a trailer
with your vehicle.

NOTICE:
Your warranty doesn’t cover parts or
components that fail becauseof overloading.

4-46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
NOTICE: If you do, here are some important points:
0 There are many different laws, including speed limit
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
vehicle and result in costly repairs not coveredby your rig will belegal, not only where you live but
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow also where you’ll be driving. A good source for this
GM dealer
the advice in this part, and see your information can be state or provincial police.
for important information about towing a trailer
with your vehicle.
0 Consider using a sway control if your trailer will
weigh 2,000 lbs. (900 kg) or less. You should always
use a sway control if your trailer will weigh more
Every vehicle is ready for some trailer towing. If yours than 2,000 lbs. (900 kg). You can ask a hitch dealer
was built with trailering options, as many are, it’s ready about sway controls.
for heavier trailers. But trailering is different thanjust 0 Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles
driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes (800 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
in handling, durability and fuel economy. Successful, axle or other parts could be damaged.
safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly. 0 Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you
tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and
That’s the reason for this part. In it are many don’t make starts at full throttle. This helps your
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in atthe
Many of these are important for your safety and that of heavier loads.
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.

4-47

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If you have an automatic transmission, you should The following chart shows how much your trailer can
use DRIVE (D)(or, as you need to, a lower gear) weigh, based upon your vehicle model and options.
when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in
DRIVE (D)when towing a trailer will minimize heat Vehicle AxleRatioTrailer Wt.
buildup and extend the life of your transmission.If 2-Wheel Drive, 3.08 4,500 lbs. (1 816 kg)
you have a manual transmission and you are towing Auto. Trans. 3.42 5,500 lbs. (2 497 kg)
a trailer, it’s betternot to use FIFTH (5) gear. Just
drive in FOURTH (4) gear (or, as you need to, a 2-Wheel Drive,
lower gear). Manual Trans. 3.42 4,500 Ibs. (1 8 16 kg)

Three important considerations have to do with weight: 4-Wheel Drive, 3.08 . 4,000 Ibs. (1 8 16 kg)
Auto. Trans. 3.42 5,000 lbs. (2 270kg)
the weight of the trailer, 3.73 5,000 lbs. (2 270 kg)
the weight of the trailer tongue 4-Wheel Drive,
0 and the weight on your vehicle’s tires. Manual Trans. 3.42 4,000 lbs. (1 8 16 kg)

Weight of the Trailer Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming the

driver and one passenger are in the tow vehicle andit
How heavy can a trailer safely be? has all the required traileringequipment. The weight of
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum
temperature and how much your vehicle is usedto pull a trailer weight.
trailer are all important. And,it can also depend on any
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.

4-48

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or
advice, or you can write us atthe address listed in your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information Booklet.
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L 1H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue A B
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important
weight to measure because it affects the total or gross
weight of your vehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight
(GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailer
riding in the vehicle, And if you will tow a trailer, you tongue (A) should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded
must add the tongue load to the GVW because your trailer weight (B). If you have a weight-distributing
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12 percent of
Your Vehicle” in the Index for more information about the total loaded trailer weight(B).
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity. After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to get them right
simply by moving some items around in the trailer.

4-49

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do,
Be sure your vehicle’s tiresare inflated to the limit then be sure to seal the holes later whenyou remove
for cold tires. You’ll find these numbers on the the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
Certificationmire label on the driver’s door edge, monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your
above the door latch, or see “Tire Loading” in the vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). Dirt
Index. Then besure you don’t go overthe GVW and water can, too.
limit for your vehicle, including the weight of the
trailer tongue. Safety Chains
Hitches You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongue
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment. of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads are a if it becomes separated from thehitch. Instructions
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
some rules to follow: manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Followthe
0 If you’ll be pulling a trailer that, when loaded, will manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
weigh more than 2,000 Ibs. (900 kg), be sure to use a chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
properly mounted, weight-distributing hitch and leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig.
sway control of the proper size. This equipment is And, never allow safetychains to drag on the ground.
very important for proper vehicle loading and good
handling when you’re driving.

4-50

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Trailer Brakes Driving with a Trailer
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000 lbs. (450 kg) -
loaded, then it needs its own brakes -- and they must be
adequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for A CAUTION:
the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly. If you hr ! a most wiow 01 I and you
Your trailer’s brake system can tap into the vehicle’s pull a trailer with your vehicle, carbon monoxide
hydraulic brake system only if: (CO) could come into yourvehicle. You can’t see
o r smell CO. It can cause unconsciousness or
0 The trailer parts can withstand 3,000 psi
(20 650 kPa) of pressure.
death. (See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.) To
maximize your safety when towing a trailer:
0 The trailer’s brake system will use less than 0 Have your exhaust system inspected €or
0.02 cubic inch (0.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s
leaks, and make necessary repairs before
master cylinder. Otherwise, both braking systems
won’t work well. You could even lose your brakes. starting on your trip.
e Keep the rear-most windows closed.
If everything checks out this far, then makethe brake 0 If exhaust does come into your vehicle
fluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends through a window in the rear or another
fluid to the rear brakes. But don’t use copper tubing for
this. If you do, it will bend and finally break off. Use opening, drive with your front, main
steel brake tubing. heating orcooling system on and with the
fan on any speed. This will bring fresh,
outside air into your vehicle. Do not use
MAX A/C because it only recirculates the
air inside yourvehicle. (See “Comfort
Controls” in the Index.)

4-51

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Following Distance
Before setting out for the open road, you’ll wantto get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of Stay at least twiceas far behind the vehicle aheadas you
handling and braking withthe added weight of the would when driving your vehicle withouta trailer. This
trailer. And always keep in mind thatthe vehicle you are can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as and sudden turns.
responsive as your vehicle is by itself. Passing
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector, you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’rea good deal
lamps, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has longer, you’ll need togo much farther beyond the
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
then apply the trailer brake controllerby hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets you check your Backing Up
electrical connection at thesame time.
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.
During your trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
are still working. hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.

4-52

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Making lhrns Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have extra
wiring and a heavy-duty turn signal flasher (included in
NOTICE: the optional trailering package).
Making very sharp turns while trailering could The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash
cause the trailerto come in contact with the whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid hooked up, the trailer lamps willalso flash, telling other
drivers you’re about to turn, change lanes or stop.
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your
instrument panel will flashfor turns even if the bulbs on
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns than the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, behind you are seeing your signal when theyare not. It’s
curbs, road signs, trees or other objects.
Avoid jerky or important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance. bulbs are still working.
Driving On Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start
down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakesso much that
they would get hot andno longer work well.

4-53

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your Parking on Hills
speed to around 45 mph (70 k m h ) to reduce the
possibility of engine and transmission overheating. You really should not park your vehicle, witha trailer
attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
If you have an automatic transmission, you should use could start to move. People can be injured, and both
DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer. Operating your your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
vehicle in DRIVE (D) when towing a.trailer will
minimize heat buildup and extend the life of your But if you ever have to park your rigon a hill, here’s
transmission. Or, if you have a manual transmission, how to do it:
it’s better notto use FIFTH ( 5 ) gear, just drive in 1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shiftinto
FOURTH (4) gear (or, as you need to,a lower gear). PARK (P) yet, or into gear for a manual
When towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, transmission. Then turn your wheelsinto the
consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at a curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill.
lower temperature than at normal altitudes. If you turn 2. Have someone placechocks under the trailer wheels.
your engine off immediately after towing at high altitude
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the
on steep uphill grades, your vehicle may show signs
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, let the
engine run while parked (preferablyon level ground) 4. Reapply the regular brakes.Then apply your
with the automatic transmission in PARK(P) (or the parking brake, and then shiftinto PARK (P), or
manual transmission out of gear and the parking brake REVERSE (R) for a manual transmission.
applied) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. 5 . If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle with a
If you do get the overheat warning, see “Engine manual transfer case shift lever, besure the transfer
Overheating” in the Index. case is in a drive gear -- not in NEUTRAL (N).
6 . Release the regularbrakes.

4-54

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A CAUTION:
-
It canbe dangerous to get out
- -
of your vehicle if
the shift leveris not fully inPARK (P) with the
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking ona Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
0 Start your engine;
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
0 Shift into a gear; and
If you have left the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others could be Release the parking brake.
injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move, even 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
when you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
that follow.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
If you have four-wheel drivewith a manual
transfer case shift lever and your transfer case is
in NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle will be free to
PARK (P). So, be
roll, even if your shift lever is in
sure the transfer case --
is in a drive gear not in
NEUTRAL (N).

4-55

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Maintenance When Trailer Towing Both harnesses have noconnector and should be wired
by a qualified electrical technician. The technician can
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re use the following colorcode chart when connecting the
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule for more wiring harness to your trailer.
on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transmission fluid (don’t 0 DARK BLUE: Use for electric trailer brakes or
overfill), engine oil, axle lubricant, belt, cooling system auxiliary wiring.
and brake adjustment. Each ofthese is covered in this 0 RED: Use for battery charging; it connects to the
manual, and the Index will help you find them quickly. starter solenoid (eight-wire harness only).
If you’re trailering, it’sa good idea to review these
sections before you start your trip. 0 LIGHT GREEN: Back-up lamps (eight-wire
harness only).
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight. 0 BROWN: Taillamps and parking lamps.
0 YELLOW Left stoplamp and turn signal.
Trailer Wiring Harness
0 DARK GREEN: Right stoplamp and turn signal.
The light duty trailer wiring isa six-wire harness
assembly. The heavy duty trailer wiring is an eight-wire 0 WHITE (Heavy Gage):Ground wire.
harness assembly. The harnesses are stored under the 0 WHITE (Light Gage):Auxiliary stoplamp.
vehicle, along the passenger-side frame crossmember on
two-door vehicles or on the driver’s side corner frame Securely attach the harnessto the trailer, then tapeor
crossmember on four-door vehicles. The heavy duty strap it to your vehicle’s frame rail. Be sure you leave
trailer wiring has a 30-amp feed wire with an inlinefuse it loose enough so the wiring doesn’t bendor break,
located by thejunction block. See “Fuses and Circuit but not so loose that it drags on the ground. Store the
Breakers” in the Index. harness in its original place. Wrap the harness together
and tie it neatly so it won’t be damaged.

4-56

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

4-57

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

4-58

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 5 Problems on the Road

Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
can occur on the road. also let police know youhave a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Press the button on top of
the steering column all the
way down to make your
front and rear turn signal
lamps flash on and off.

Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what

position your key is in, and even if the key isn’t in.
To turn off the flashers, press the button until the first
click and release.

5-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When the hazard warningflashers are on, your turn
signals won’t work. The flashers will stop if you step
on the brake.
I
Other Warning Devices Batteries can hurt you. They can be
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up dangerous because:
at the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind They contain acid that can burnyou.
your vehicle. They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
They contain enough electricity to burnyou.
Jump Starting If you don’t follow these stepsexactly, some or
If your battery has run down,you may want to use all of these things canhurt you.
another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your
vehicle. But please use the following stepsto do it safely.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
NOTICE:
Ignoring these stepscould result in costly damage I NOTICE:
to yourvehicle that wouldn’t becovered by
your warranty. If the other systemisn’t a 12-volt system witha
Do not try to start yourvehicle by pushing or negative ground, bothvehicles can be damaged.
pulling it. This could damage yourvehicle, even if
you have a manual transmission. And if you have
an automatic transmission, itwon’t start thatway.

5-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching NOTICE:
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to If you leave your radioon, it could be badly
start your vehicle, and the badgrounding could damaged. The repair wouldn’t be covered by
damage the electrical systems.
your warranty.
You could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set the
parking brake firmly on each vehicle. Put an
automatic transmission in PARK (P) or a manual
transmission in NEUTRAL (N). If you have a
four-wheel-drive vehicle with a manual transfer
case shift lever, be sure the transfer case is not in
NEUTRAL (N).
IA CAUTION:
\
If your vehicle has airconditioning, the auxiliary
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug electric fan under the hood can start up even
unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette when the engine is not running and can injure
lighter, or accessory power outlets, if you have this you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from
option. Turn off all lamps that aren’t needed as well any underhood electricfan.
as radios. This will avoid sparks and help save both
batteries. In addition, it could save your radio!

5-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

4. Open both hoods and locate the batteries. Find the 5. Check that thejumper cables don’t have loose or
positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on each battery. missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to negative (-)
Using a match near a battery can cause battery or a metal engine part. Don’t connect positive (+) to
gas toexplode. People have beenhurt doing this, negative (-) or you’ll get a short that woulddamage
and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if the battery and maybeother parts too.
you need more light. 6. Connect the red
Be sure the battery has enough water. You don’t positive (+) cable to the
need to add water to the Delco Freedom’ battery positive (+) terminal of
installed in everynew GM vehicle. But if a battery the vehicle with the
has filler caps,be sure the right amount of fluid is dead battery.
there. If it is low, add water to take careof that
first. If you don’t, explosive gas couldbe present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.
Don’t get it onyou. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medical help immediately.

5-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

%

7. Don’t let the other Don’t let the other end touch anything until the next
end touch metal. step. The other end of the negative cable doesn’t go to
Connect it to the the dead battery. It goes to a heavy unpainted metal part
positive (+) terminal on the engine of the vehicle with the dead battery.
of the good battery.
A

Y. Attach the cable at least

18 inches (45 cm) away
from the dead battery,
but not near engine parts
that move.
The electrical connection
is just as good there, but
the chance of sparks
8. Now connect the black getting back to the
negative (-) cable to battery is much less.

10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and
run the engine for a while.

5-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

11. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. If 12. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
it won’t start after a few tries make sure all electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
connections are good. If it still won’t start, it each other or any other metal.
probably needs service.

Fans or other moving engine parts can injure

you
+
badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts I - B
once the engines are running.

IA/
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery

5-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealer ora professional towing
service tow your vehicle. See“Roadside Assistance” in
the Index.
If your vehicle has been changed since itwas
factory-new by adding things like foglamps, aero
skirting, or special tires and wheels, these instructions
may not be correct.
,Before you do anything, turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
Whether your vehicle has rear-wheel drive,
I A CAUTION:
-
four-wheel drive or all-wheel drive.
To help avoid injury to you or others:
The make, model and year of your vehicle.
0 Never let passengers ride in avehicle that is
Whether you can move the shift lever for the being towed.
transmission and shift the transfer case, if you 0 Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
have one. 0 Never tow with damaged parts not fully secured.
If there was an accident, what was damaged. 0 Never get under your vehicle after it has

When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator been liftedby the tow truck.
know that this manual contains these towing 0 Always use separate safety chains on each
instructions. The operator may want to see them. side when towinga vehicle.
0 Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.

5-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition
key turned to the OFF position. The steering wheel
should be clamped in a straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for towing service. Do not
A vehicle can fall froma car carrierif it isn't use the vehicle's steering column lockfor this. The
adequately secured. This can cause a collision, transmission should be inNEUTRAL (N) and the
serious personal injury and vehicle damage. The transfer case, if you have one, should be in 2HI. The
vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or parking brake should be released.
steel cables before it is transported. Don't have your vehicle towed on the drive wheels
Don't use substitutes (ropes, leather straps, unless you must. If the vehicle must be towedon the
canvas webbing,etc.) that can be cutby sharp drive wheels, be sure to follow the speed and distance
edges underneath the towedvehicle. Always use restrictions later in this section or your transmission will
T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use be damaged. If these limitations must be exceeded, then
J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain and the drive wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
suspension components.

5-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Front Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 mph (56 k d ? ) , 50 miles (80 kin)
NOTICE:
Vehicles with the all-wheel-drive or four-wheel-drive Do not tow with sling-type equipmentor
option must usea towing dolly under therear wheels fascia/fog lamp damagewill occur, Use wheel lift
when towing from the front. or car carrierequipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car carrier equipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur fromvehicle
to ground orvehicle to wheel-lift equipment, To
help avoid damage, installa towing dolly and raise
the vehicle until adequate clearanceis obtained
between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to
suspension components when usingcar carrier
I equipment, Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.

- 5-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Rear Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 mph (56 k h ) , 50 miles (80 km) NOTICE:
Vehicles with the all-wheel-drive orfour- wheel-drive Do not tow with sling-type equipment or rear
option must use a towing dolly under thefront wheels bumper valance damagewill occur. Use wheel lift
when towing from the real:
or car carrier equipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car carrier equipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur fromvehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage, install a towing dolly and raise
the vehicle until adequate clearanceis obtained
between the ground and/orwheel-lift equipment.
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooksto
suspension components when using car' carrier
equipment. Always use ,T-hooks inserted in the
T-hook slots.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperaturegage on your
vehicle’s instrument panel.
Steam from an overheated engine can burn you
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine badly, even if you just open thehood. Stay away
-
:/..:
from the engineif you see or hear steam coming
from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away
from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no sign of steam or coolant before
opening the hood.
If you keep drivingwhen your engine is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or
others could be badly burned. Stop your engine if
it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the
engine iscool.

I NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because
you keep
driving with no coolant, yourvehicle can be
badly damaged. Thecostly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.

5-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If No Steam Is Coming FromYour Engine If you no longer have the overheat warning, you
can drive. Just to be safe,drive slower for about
If you get the overheat warning butsee or hear no 10 minutes. If the warning doesn’t come back on,
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes you can drive normally.
the engine can get a little too hot when you:
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
Climb a long hill on a hot day. vehicle right away.
Stop after high-speed driving. If there’s still no sign of steam, push the accelerator
Idle for long periods in traffic. until the engine speed is about twice as fast as normal
idle speed. Bring the engine speed back to normal
Tow a trailer. See “Driving on Grades” in the Index.
idle speed after two or three minutes. Nowsee if the
If you get the overheat warning with no signof steam, warning stops. But then, if you still have the warning,
try this for a minute or so: turn o f t h e engine and get everyone out of the vehicle
1. Turn off your air conditioner. until it cools down.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
speed and open the window as necessary. help right away.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@)
or DRIVE (D) for automatic transmissions.

5-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When you decide it's safeto lift the hood, here's what
you'll see:

If your vehicle hasair conditioning, the auxiliary

electric fan under the hood can startup even
when the engineis not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing andtools away from
any underhood electricfan.

If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,

don't do anything else until it cools down.

A. Coolant Recovery Tank

B. Radiator Pressure Cap
C. Engine Fan

5-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Heater and radiatorhoses, and other engine
parts, can bevery hot. Don't touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don't run theengine if there isa leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant, That could
cause an engine fire, andyou could be burned.
Get any leakfixed before you drive thevehicle.

The coolant level should be at the ADD mark. If it NOTICE:

isn't, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in the
Engine damage from running your engine
cooling system.
without coolant isn't coveredby your warranty,

If there seems to beno leak, start the engine again. See

if the fan speed increases whenidle speed is doubled by
pushing the accelerator pedaldown. If it doesn't, your
vehicle needs service. Turn off theengine.

5-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Recovery Tank 1 NOTICE:
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
isn’t at the ADD mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the
water (preferably distilled) and DEX-COOL TM
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
(orange-colored, silicate-free) antifreeze at the coolant Use the recommended coolant and the proper
recovery tank. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for coolant mix.
more kformation )

Adding only plain water to your cooling system

can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolantmix. With
plain water or the wrongmix, your engine could
get too hotbut you wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire and you or
others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and DEX-COOL antifreeze. TM

5-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I A CAUTION: CAI JTTON: (Continued)

at high speed. Neverturn the capwhen the

YOL-an be burnedif you spill coolant on hot cooling system, includingthe radiator pressure
engine parts. Coolant contains ethyleneglycol cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and
and itwill burn if the engine parts are hot * radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to
enough. Don’t spill coolant ona hot engine. turn the pressurecap.

When the coolant in thecoolant recovery tank is at

ADD, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’sone more
thing you can try. You can add the proper coolantmix
directly to the radiator, but besure the cooling system is
cool before you do it.

I A CAUTION:
E
t am and scalding liqu--_J from
~ a hot cooling
system canblow out and burnyou badly. They
are under pressure, andif you turn the radiator
-- --
pressure cap even a little they can comeout
CAUTION: (Continued)

5-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator

2. Then keep turning the pressure cap, but now push

down as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.
1. You can remove the radiator pressure cap when
the cooling system, including the radiator pressure
cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn
the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it
first stops. (Don’t press down while turning the
pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.

5-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

3. Fill the radiator with the proper mix, up to the base 4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the ADD mark.
of the filler neck.
5. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
leave the radiator pressure cap off.

5-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

6. Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the 8.' Then replace the pressure cap. At any time during
upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the
engine fan. filler neck, reinstall the pressurecap. Be sure the
7. By this time the coolant level inside the radiator arrows on the pressure cap line up like this.
filler neck may be lower.If the level is lower, add
more of the proper mix through the filler neck until
the level reaches the base of the filler neck.

, 5-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Engine Fan Noise If a Tire Goes Flat
This vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan. When It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving,
the clutch is engaged, the fan spins faster to provide especially if you maintain your tires properly. If air goes
more air to cool the engine. In most every day driving out of a tire, it’s much more likelyto leak out slowly.
conditions, the clutch is not engaged. This improves But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here area few
fuel economy and reducesfan noise. Under heavy tips about what to expect and whatto do:
vehicle loading, trailer towingand/or high outside If a front tire fails, the flat tire willcreate a drag that
temperatures, the’fan speed increases when the clutch pulls the vehicle toward thatside. Take your foot off the
engages. So you may hear an increase in fan noise.
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
This is normal and should not be mistaken asthe Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to
transmission slipping or making extra shifts. It is a stop well out of the traffic lane.
merely the cooling system functioning properly. The
fan will slow down whenadditional cooling is not A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like
required and the clutchdisengages. a skid and may require the same correction you’d use in
a skid. In any rear blowout, remove yourfoot from the
You may also hear this fan noise when you start the accelerator pedal. Getthe vehicle under control by
engine. It will go away as the fan clutch disengages. steering the way you want the vehicleto go. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, butyou can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next partshows how to use your
jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely.

5-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Changing a Flat Tire CAUTION: (Continued)
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard 4. Turn off the engine.
warning flashers. 5. Put the wheel blocks at the front and
rear of the tire farthest away from the
one being changed. That would be the
tire on the other sideof the vehicle, at
the opposite end.
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle
can slipoff the jack and roll overyou or other
people. You and they could be badly injured.
Find a level place to change your tire.To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brakefirmly.
2. Put an automatictransmission shift lever in
PARK (P) or shift a manual transmission to
FIRST (1) or REVERSE (R).
3. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle
with a manual transfer case shift lever,
be sure the transfer case
is in a drive
--
gear not in NEUTRAL(N).
CAUTION: (Continued)
The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and
change a tire.

5-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Removing the Spare Tire andTools
The jacking equipment you'll need is stored along the
NOTICE:
driver's rear wall. In some cases, you may have to I
remove the spare tire in order to reach the jack. Your Never remove or restow a tirefrodto a
vehicle is also equipped with workgloves and a plastic stowage position under the vehicle while the
ground mat to assist in the changing of a flat tire. vehicle is supportedby a jack. Always tighten
the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle
To remove yourjack cover, when restowing.
pull up on the latchat the
end of the cover, near the
endgate and the latch on the
top of the cover. Remove To remove the
the wheel blocks,jack and underbody-mounted spare,
wheel wrench. insert the chisel endof the
wheel wrench, on an angle,
into the hole inthe rear
bumper. Be sure the chisel
end of the wheel wrench
connects into the hoist shaft.
*
The following instructions explain how to remove
the spare tire, depending on where it is mounted on
your vehicle.

5-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the The locking wheel nut can
spare tire. Keep turning the wheel wrench until the spare be removed by snappingthe
tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. rubber weather cover off
the face of the lock case.
When the tire has been completely lowered, tilt the
retainer at the end of the cable and pull it through the
wheel opening. Pull the tire out from under the vehicle.

I NOTICE:
I To help avoid vehicle damage, do not drive the
vehicle before the cableis restored.
Insert the key and pull
If you have an inside-mounted spare tire, the tire must the lock case straight off.
be removed in order to have access to the jack storage. It is not necessary to turn
To remove an inside-mounted spare tire, reach into your
tire’s cover and unscrew the wing nut at the center of the
wheel. Remove it and the retainer. Unhook the tire from
the mounting bracket and remove the cover.
To remove a rear-mounted spare tire, first make sure
that the carrier arm is fully latched to the endgate. Then
remove the spare tire cover.

Put the spare tire near the flat tire.

5-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1

The tools you'll be using include thejack (A) and wheel If you have individual wheel nut caps that cover each
wrench (B). Your vehicle may also have an optional hub nut, they must be removed in order to get to the wheel
cap removal tool. nuts. Use the socket endof the wheel wrench to remove
the wheel nut caps.
Your wheel nut caps may attach your hubcap to the
wheel. Remove these wheel nut caps before you take off
the hub cap.

5-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The optional hub cap Removing the Flat Tire and
removal tool is stowed with Installing the Spare Tire
the jack. Position the hub
cap removal tool in the
notch and pull straightaway
from the wheel to avoid
potential damage to the hub
cap and wheel surface.

Remove the hub cap. If you have an aluminum or plastic

molded hub cap, pry it off with thechisel end of your
wheel wrench.
Some of the molded plastic hub caps have imitation
wheel nuts molded into them. The wheel wrench won't 1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.
fit these imitation nuts, so don't try to remove them with Don't remove them yet.
the socket end of the wheel wrench.
2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the lift head.

5-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

3. Fit the jack into the appropriate hole nearest the
flat tire.

Gc ing under: ehj ;w n i ;jackedupis

dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack,you
could be badlyinjured or killed. Never get under
a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly
positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow
the vehicle to fall off the jack.Be sure to fit the
jack lift head into the proper location before
A. Front Frame Hole raising your vehicle.
B. Rear Frame Hole (2-Door) or
Spring Hanger Hole (4-Door)

5-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

6. Remove any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.

A CAUTION:
4. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise.
Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so there is Rust or dirton thewheel, or on the parts to
enough room for the spare tire to fit. which it is fastened, can make the wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
5. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire. off and cause an accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the places
where the wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; butbe sure touse a scraper orwire
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rustor
dirt off.

5-27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

'A CAUTION:
Never use oilor grease on studs or nuts. If you
do, the nuts might come loose. Your wheel could
fall off, causinga serious accident.

7. Place the spare on the wheel mounting surface.

1
8. Put the nuts on by
hand. Make sure the
cone-shaped end is
toward the wheel.
Tighten each nut by 9. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle
hand until the wheel counterclockwise. Lower thejack completely.
is held against the hub.
If a nut can't be turned
by hand, use the wheel
wrench and see your
dealer as soon
as possible.

5-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightel I
wheel nuts can cause the wheel to becomeloose
and even come off. This could lead to an accident.
Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If you have
to new GM original
to replace them, be sure get
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere assoon as you can and have
10. Use the wrench to tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a the nuts tightenedwith a torque wrench to
crisscross sequence as shown. 95 lb-ft (130 Nom).

I NOTICE:
Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to
brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.

5-29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Storing a Flator Spare Tire -..neT n 4 s Follow this diagram to store the
underbody-mounted spare.

A. Retainer
B. Valve Stem
Storing ajack, a tire or other equipment in the (Pointed Down)
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could C . Spare Tire
cause injury. In a suddenstop or collision, loose
D. Spring
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place. E. WheelWrench
E Lower

cTD B
G. Raise
H. Hoist Arm

1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle,

with the valve stem pointed down andto the rear.
2. Pull the retainer through the wheel.
3. Put the chisel end of the wheel wrench, on an angle,
through the hole in the rear bumper and into the hoist
shaft. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise until the tire
is raised againstthe underside of the vehicle.
You will hear two “clicks” when the tire is secure,
but pull on the tire to make sure.

5-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Follow this diagram for the inside-mounted
spare. Follow this diagram for the rear-mounted spare.

A. Spare Tire A. Wheel Carrier

B. Retainer (Two-Wheel Drive) B. Spare Tire
C. Nut C. Wheel Nut and Locking Nut Cylinder
D. Cover Reinstall the locking wheel nut usingthe wheel wrench.
Then push the lock case ontothe lug nut until it stops.
E. Retainer (Four-wheel Drive) The key does not have to be inserted into.the 1ock:Push
E Wheel Carrier the lock case to be sure it is secured. Thespecial lug nut
and lock case is not intended to be used on any road
G . Hook wheel, only on the spare wheel carrier. Tighten the nuts
to 22 to 32 lb-ft (30 to 40 N-m).
5-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Return thejack, wheel wrench and wheel blocks to the
proper location in your vehicle’srear area. Secure the
items and replace thejack cover.
I A CAUTION:
Make sure the tire and carrier are secure.
Driving with the tire or carrier unlatched could
injure pedestriansor damage the vehicle.

A. Retainer E WheelBlocks
B. Rubber Band G. Hub Cap Removal
(Some Models) Tool (Some Models)
C. Work Gloves H. Wheel Wrench
D. Mat I. Jack
E. Jack Storage Cover J. Jacking Instructions

5-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow NOTICE:
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your
to spin your wheels too fast. The method known as vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels
“rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, but too fastwhile shifting your transmission back
you must use caution.
and forth,you can destroy your transmission.

A CAUTION: For information about using tirechains on your vehicle,

see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
If you let your tires spinat high speed, thej In
explode, and you or others could be injured. And,
the transmission or other partsof the vehicle
can overheat. That could cause an engine
compartment fire or other damage. When you’re
stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin the wheels above35 mph (55 k m h ) a sshown
on the speedometer.

5-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Rocking your vehicle to get it out: Using the Recovery Hooks
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back .“ .
and forth betweenREVERSE (R) and a forward gear (or
with a manual transmission, between FIRST(1) or
SECOND (2) and REVERSE(R)), spinning the wheels
as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal while
you shift, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. If that doesn’t getyou
out after a few tries, you may need to be towed out. Or,
you can use your recoveryhooks if your vehicle has
them. If you do need to be towed out, see “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.

Your vehicle may be equipped with recovery hooks.

The recovery hooks are provided at thefront of your
vehicle. You may need to use them if you’re stuck
off-road and need to be pulled to some place where
you can continue driving.

5-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The recoveryhooks, when used,are undera lot of
force. Always pullthe vehicle straight out. Never
pull on the hooksat a sideways angle. The hooks
could break off and you or otherscould be
injured from the chain or cable snapping back.

NOTICE:
Never use the recovery hooksto tow the vehicle.
Your vehicle could be damaged and itwould not
be covered by warranty.

5-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTES

5-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 6 Service and Appearance Care

Here you will find information about the care of your We hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle allGM
vehicle. This section begins with service and fuel Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
information, and then it shows how to check important
fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical
information about your vehicle, and a part devoted to its
appearance care.
Service
Your GM dealer knows your vehicle best and wantsyou
to be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to your dealer for
all your service needs. You’ll getgenuine GM parts and
GM-trained and supported service people.

6-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Doing Your Own Service W(
If you want to do some of your own service work, you’ll A CAUTION:
want to get the proper service manual. It tellsyou much
more about howto service your vehicle than this manual You can be injured and yourvehicle could be
can. To order the proper service manual,see “Service damaged if you try to do service work aon
and Owner Publications” in the Index. vehicle without knowing enough about it.
Your vehicle has anair bag system. Before attempting to Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
do your own service work, see “Servicing Your Air experience, and the proper replacement
Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index. parts andtools beforeyou attempt any
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list vehicle maintenance task.
the mileage and the dateof any service workyou Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Index. other fasteners. “English” and 44metric”
fasteners canbe easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners,parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.

6-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label), it
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or is designed to operate og fuels that meet California
higher. At a minimum, it should meet specifications specifications. If such fuels are not available in states
ASTM D4814 in the United States and CGSB 3.5-M93 adopting California emissions standards, your vehicle
in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have been will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal
developed by the American Automobile Manufacturers specifications, but emission control system performance
Association (AAMA) for better vehicle performance may be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on
and engine protection. Gasolines meeting the AAMA your instrument panel may turn on and/or your vehicle
specification could provide improved driveability and may fail a smog-check test. If this occurs, return to your
emission control system protection compared to authorized GM dealer for diagnosis to determine the
other gasolines. cause of failure. In the event it is determined that the
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87. If the octane is cause of the condition is thetype of fuels used, repairs
less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when ‘may not be covered by your warranty.
you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage your engine. In Canada, some gasolines contain an octane enhancing
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higher and you additive called MMT. If you see such fuels, your
still hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service. emission control system performance may deteriorate
But don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when and the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument
you’re accelerating or driving up a hill. That’s normal, panel may turn on. If this happens, return to your
and you don’t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid authorized GM dealer for service.
of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
you have a problem.

6-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To .provide cleaner air, all gasolinesare now required to Fuels in Foreign Countries
contain additives that will help prevent deposits from
forming in your engine and fuel system, allowing your If you plan on driving i n another country outside the
emission control system to function properly. Therefore, United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard to
you should not have to add anything to the fuel. In find. Never use leaded gasolineor any other fuel not
addition, gasolines containing oxygenates, suchas ethers recommended in the previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
and ethanol, and reformulated gasolines may be caused by use of improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by
available in your areato help clean the air. General your warranty.
Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
comply with the specifications described earlier. contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
NOTICE: You can also write us at the following address for
~~~ ~
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it.It can corrode General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation,
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage North American Export Sales (NAES)
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
be covered under your warranty. Oshawa, Ontario L 1 H 8P7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Filling Your Tank The fuel cap is behind a hinged door on the driver’s side
of your vehicle.

To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the left

JTION: (counterclockwise).
-
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasolineor refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.

- 6-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When you put thecap back on, turnit to the right until
you hear at least threeclicks. Make sure you fully install
the cap. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel
cap has been left offor improperly installed. This would
If you get gasolineon yourself and then allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. See
something ignitesit, you could be badlyburned. “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in the Index.
Gasoline can spray out on you if you open the
fuel filler cap tooquickly. This spray can happen
if your tank is nearly full, andis more likely in NOTICE:
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any“hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew If you need a new cap, be sure toget the right
the cap all the way. type. Your dealer can get one foryou. If you get
the wrongtype, it may not fitor have proper
venting, and your fuel tank andemissions system
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from might be damaged.
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Vehicle” in the Index.

6-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Checking Things Under the Hood
To open the hood, first pull
the handle inside the vehicle
on the lower driver's side of
the instrument panel.

Lift the hood, releasethe hood prop from its retainer and
Then go to the front of the vehicle and releasethe put the hood prop into the slotin the hood. You may
secondary hood release. have a l n n l that
~ cn'qes *n when you lift t h e hood.
. .. :
'_*
.
,
I
.
.
.

Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and

start a fire. Theseinclude liquids likegasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and
other fluids, and plasticor rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful not to drop spill
or
things thatwill burn ontoa hot engine.

6-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When you lift the hood, you'll see these items:

A. Transmission Dipstick F. Power Steering Reservoir

B. Engine Oil Fill G. Battery
C. Brake Master Cylinder H. Air Cleaner
D. Coolant Recovery Tank I. WindshieldWasherFluid
E. Engine Oil Dipstick
6-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on Checking Engine Oil
properly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or,
hood prop. cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again,
Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and keeping the tipdown, and check the level.
return the prop to its retainer.
Then just pull the hood downfirmly to close. It will
latch when dropped from 10 to12 inches (25 to 30 cm)
without pressing on the hood.
Engine Oil
It’s a goodidea to check your engine oil every time you
get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
The oil dipstick is a
yellow ring.
Turn off the engine and When to Add Oil
give the oil a few minutes If the oil is ator below the ADD line, then you’ll
to drain back into the oil need to add some oil. But you must use the right kind.
pan. If you don’t, theoil This part explains what kind ofoil to use. For crankcase
dipstick might not show capacity, see “Capacities and Specifications” in
the actual level. the Index.

6-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What Kind of Oil to Use
NOTICE: Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by
looking for the “Starburst” symbol.This symbol
. Don’t-add too much oil.If your engine hasso indicates that theoil has been certified by the American
much oil that the oil level gets above the Petroleum Institute (API). Do not use any oil which
cross-hatched area that shows the proper does not carry this Starburstsymbol.
operating range, your engine could be damaged.
.
Just fill i.t enough to put the level somewhere in the
proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.

If you change your own oil, be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbol on the front of the oil container.If
you have youroil changed for you, be sure the oilput
into your engine is American Petroleum Institute , ,
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosityoil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following chart:

6-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

As shown in the chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS vehicle. However, you can use SAE IOW-30 if it’s going
_____-~
__ .__..__._s_._.___

FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST to be 0°F (- 1SOC) or above. These numbers on an oil
SAL VISCOSITY GRADE OLI FOR THE EXPECTED TENRATURERANGE.
-~ -~ container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use
other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50.
WOK
HOT FOR THIS
WEATHER SYMBOL NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
‘(Starburst” symbol. Failure to use the
recommended oil can result in engine damage not
covered by your warranty.

GM Goodwrench@oil meets all the requirements for

your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your GM dealer is ready
to advise if you think something should be added.
COLD
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 ORANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED

6-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When to Change Engine Oil Remote Oil Filter (Four-Wheel Drive)
See if any one of these is truefor you: The access door for the remoteoil filter is in the steering
linkage shield assembly located under the radiator
e Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km),
support. Twist the screw to unlock or lock the door.
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing. What to Do with Used Oil
0 Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
driving in stop-and-go traffic). elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
0 You operate your vehicle in dusty areasor off-road even cause cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
frequently. for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
e You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
your vehicle. the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal
e The vehicle is usedfor delivery service, police, taxi of oil products.)
or other commercial application. Used oil can be a real threat to the environment.If you
Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
break down sooner.If any one of these is true for your from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever dispose of oil
vehicle, then you need to change your oil and filter by putting it in the trash, pouring iton the ground, into
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,
occurs first. recycle it by taking it to a place that collects usedoil. If
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
If none of them is true,change the oil and filter every ask your dealer,a service station or a local recycling
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever center for help.
occurs first. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to
break down slower.

6-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Air Cleaner
A CAUTION:
Operating the enginewith the air cleaneroff can
cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner
not only cleansthe air, it stops flame if the engine
backfires. If it isn’t there, and the engine
backfires, you could be burned.Don’t drive with
it off, and be careful working on the engine with
the air cleaneroff.

I NOTICE:
To remove the air cleaner, remove the wing nuts that hold If the air cleaneris off, a backfire can causea
the cover on. Remove the cover andlift out the air filter. damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get
Insert a new air filter, then replace the air cleaner cover. into your engine,which will damage it. Always
Tighten the wing nuts to hold the cover in place. have the air cleaner in placewhen you’re driving.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.

6-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

.. Automatic Transmission Fluid If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions
here, or you could geta false reading on the dipstick.
When to Check and Change
A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid
level is when the engine oil is changed.
I NOTICE:
Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles Too much or too little fluid can damage your
(83 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under oneor transmission. Too much can mean that some of
more of these conditions: the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be
regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher. sure to get an accurate reading if you check your
0 In hilly or mountainous terrain. transmission fluid.
When doing frequent trailer towing.
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the
0 Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service. transmission fluid level if you have been driving:
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C).
conditions, the fluid and filterdo not require changing.
At high speed for quite a while.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
How to Check While pulling a trailer.
Because this operation can bea little difficult, you To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
may choose to have this done at your GMdealer operating temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F
Service Department. (82°C to 93°C).

. 6-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Checking Transmission FluidT'3t 0 With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift
lever through each gear range, pausingfor about
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
(24 km) when outside temperatures are above 50°F
lever in PARK (P).
(10°C). If it's colder than 50°F ( 10°C), drive the
vehicle in DRIVE (D) until the engine temperature gage Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more.
moves and then remains steady for 10 minutes. Then Then, without shutting off the engine, follow these steps:
follow the hot check procedures.
Checking Transmission Fluid Cold
. 3

A cold check is made after the vehicle has been sitting

for eight hours or more with the engine off and is used
only as a reference. Let the engine run at idle for five
minutes if outside temperatures are 50°F (10°C) or
more. If it's colder than 50°F (lO"C), you may have to
idle the engine longer. Should the fluid level be low
during a cold check, you must perform a hot check
before adding fluid. This will give you a more accurate
reading of the fluid level.
Checking the Fluid Hotor Cold
0 Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
1. Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick and
0 With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.
in PARK (P).

., . - .. , , . . 6-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and How to Add Fluid
then pull it back outagain,
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transmission fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
Add fluid only after checking the transmission fluid
HOT. (A COLD check is used only as a reference.) If
the fluid level is low, addonly enough of the proper
fluid to bring the level upto the HOT area for ahot
check. It doesn’t take much fluid, generallyless than a
pint. Don ’t overfill. We recommend you use only fluid
labeled DEXR0N’-111, because fluid with that label is
made especially for your automatic transmission.
Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON@-I11 is
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
level. The fluid level must be in theCOLD area for a After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as
cold check or in the HOT area or cross-hatched area described under “How to Check.”
for a hot check. When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the dipstick back in all the way; then flip the handle
dipstick back in allthe way; then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place.
down to lock the dipstick in place.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Manual Transmission Fluid Check the fluid level only when your engine is off, the
vehicle is parked on a level place and the transmission is
When to Check cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the
transmission case.
A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil is
changed. However, the fluid in your manual Then, follow these steps:
transmission doesn't require changing.
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you
may choose to have this done at your GM dealer's
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could get a false reading.

I NOTICE:
I
I
, Too much or too little fluid can dafnage your
l transmission. Too much can mean that some of
the fluid could comeout and fallon hot engine 1. Remove the filler plug.
parts or exhaust system parts, startinga fire. Be
2. Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom of
sure to get an accurate reading if you check your the filler plug hole.
transmission fluid.
3. If the fluid level is good, install the plug and be sure
,

it is fully seated. If the fluid level is low, add more

fluid as described in the next steps.
6-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
How to Check How to Check Lubricant
The proper fluid should be added if the level does not
reach the bottom of the diaphragm when it’s in place in
the reservoir. See the instructions on the reservoir cap.
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how
often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.

If the level is below the bottomof the filler plug hole,

you’ll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.

6-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What to Use How to Check Lubricant
‘Referto the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
Four-wheel Drive and
All-Wheel Drive
Most lubricant checks in this section also apply to
four-wheel-drive vehicles. However, they have two
additional systems that need lubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to dererrnme how
often to check the lubricant. See “Periodic Maintenance If the level is below the bottomof the filler plug hole,
Inspections” in the Index. you’ll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant
to raise the levelto the bottom of the filler plug hole.

6-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What to Use How to Check Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how
often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.

If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole,

you’ll need to add some lubricant.
If the differential is at operating temperature (warm),
add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of
the filler plug hole.
I f the differential is cold, add enough lubricant to raise
the level to 1/2 inch (12 mm) below the filler plug hole.

6-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What to Use 0 Protect against rust and corrosion.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what Help keep the proper engine temperature.
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
0 Let the warning lights and gages work as they should.
Lubricants” in the Index.
Engine Coolant I 1
NOTICE:
The coolingsystem in your vehicle is filled with new
DEX-COOL TM (orange-colored, silicate-free) engine When adding coolant it is important that you use
coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in your DEX-COOL (orange-colored, silicate-free)
TM
vehicle for 5 years or 100,000 miles (166 000 km),
coolant meeting GM Specification 6277M.
whichever occurs first.
If silicated coolant is added to the system,
The following explains your cooling system and how premature engine, heater coreor radiator
to add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem
with engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” in corrosion may result. In addition, the engine
the Index. coolant will require change sooner at --
30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months whichever
A 50/50 mixture of water and the proper coolant for occurs first.
your vehicle will:
0 Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37 “C).
Give boiling protection up to 265 “F (129°C).

6-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

What toUse
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably NOTICE:
distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL TM (orange-,colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze that meets GM Specification If you use an impropercoolant mix, your engine
6277M, which won’t damage aluminumparts. Use could overheat and be badly damaged. The
GM Engine Coolant Supplement(sealer) (GM Part repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your
No. 3634621) with any complete coolant change.If you warranty. Too much water in the mix can freeze
use this mixture, you don’t need to add anything else. and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and
other parts.

If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,

have your dealer check your cooling system.
Adding only plain water to your cooli,,g system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper NOTICE:
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant mix. With If you use the proper coolant,you don’t have to
plain water o r the wrong mix, your engine could add extra inhibitors or additiveswhich claim to
get too hot butyou wouldn’t get the overheat improve the system. These can be harmful.
warning. Your engine could catch fire and you or
others couldbe burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water andDEX-COOL (orange-colored.
TM

silicate-free) antifreeze.
L

6-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Checking Coolant
A CAUTION: I--
lbrning the radiator pressure capwhen the
engine and radiator are hot can
allow steam
and scalding liquids blow
to out and burnyou
badly. With the coolant recovery tank,
you will
almost never have to add coolant at the radiator.
--
Never turn the radiator pressure cap even a
--
little when the engine and radiator arehot.

Add coolant mix at the recoverytank, but be careful not

to spill it.

When your engine is cold, the coolant level should be at

ADD, or a little higher. When yourengine is warm, the
level should be upto FULL HOT, or a little higher.
A CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolanton hot
Adding Coolant engine parts. Coolant contains ethyleneglycol,
If you need more coolant, add the proper mix at the and itwill burn if the engine parts are hot
coolant recovery tank. enough. Don’t spillcoolant on a hot engine.

6-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

’ Radiator Pressure Cap
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a15 psi (105 kPa)
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installedto
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating. Be sure the arrows on the cap
line up with the overflow tube on the radiator
filler neck.

Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator untilthe coolant
reaches a preset temperature.

6-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Power Steering Fluid How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool, unscrew the cap
and wipe the dipstickwith a clean rag. Replace the cap
and completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again
and look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
The level should be between theADD and FULL marks.
If necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level up
to the proper range.

What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of fluid to use.See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index. Always use the proper fluid.
Failure to use the proper fluid cancause leaks and
damage hoses and seals.

When to Check Power SteeringFluid Windshield Washer Fluid

It is not necessary to regularly check power steering What to Use
fluid unless you suspect thereis a leak in the system or
you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this system When you need windshield washer fluid, besure to read
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected the manufacturer’s instructions before use.If you will be
and repaired. operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing,use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.

6-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Adding Washer Fluid
NOTICE:
0 When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
e Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washer system. Also,
water doesn’t clean aswell as washer fluid.
0 Fill your washer fluid tankonly 3/4 full
when it’s very cold. This allows for
expansion, which could damage thetank if
it is completely full.
0 Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your
Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add
washer fluid until the tank is full. windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.

6-27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Brakes leaking out of the brake system. If it is, you should
have your brake systemfixed, si.ncea leak means that
Bra.ke Fluid sooner or later your brakes won’t work well,or won’t
work at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correcta leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when workis
done on the brake hydraulic system.

I A CAUTION:
If you havetoo much brakefluid, it can spill
on the engine. The fluidwill burn if the engine
is hot enough.You or others could be burned,
Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake
with DOT-3 brake fluid. fluid only when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in
the reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake
fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determine when to
brake lining wear. When new liningsare put in, the fluid check your brake fluid. See “Periodic Maintenance
level goes back up. The other reasonis that fluid is Inspections’’ in the Index.

6-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Checking Brake Fluid After work is done on the brake hydraulic system,
make'sure the levels are above MIN and below the top
of each window.

What to Add
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake
fluid -- such as Ddco Supreme 11 (GM Part
@

No. 1052535). Use new brake fluid from a sealed

container only, and always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap before removing it.

Wit ;he wrong kind of fluid in your brake

system, your brakes may not work well, or they
You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap. may not evenwork at all. This could cause a
Just look at the windows on the brake fluid reservoir. crash. Always use the proper brake fluid.
The fluid levels should be above MIN. If they arenrt,
have your brake system checked to see if there is a leak.

6-29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Brake Wear
NOTICE: Your vehicle has front disc brakesand rear drum brakes.
a Using the wrong fluid can badly damage Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a
brake system parts. For example, justfew a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn
and new pads are needed. The sound may come and go or
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except when
oil, in your brake system can damage brake you are pushinq on the brake pedal firmly).
system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
replaced. Don’t let someone put in the
wrong kindof fluid.
a If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
The brakewear warning sound means thatsooner
damaged. Be careful not tospill brake fluid
or lateryour brakes won’t work well. That could
on your vehicle. If you do, washit off
lead to an accident. When you hear the brakewear
immediately. See “Appearance Care’’ in
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
the Index.

NOTICE:
Continuing to drivewith worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake Brake Adjustment
squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly
Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakes
applied. This does not mean something is wrong with
your brakes. adjust for wear.

Free movement of brake calipers and properly torqued If your brake pedal goes down farther than normal, your
wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake rear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by
pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake calipers backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times.
for movement, brake pads for wear, and evenly torque Replacing Brake System Parts
wheel nuts in theproper sequence to GM Specifications.
The braking system on a modern vehicleis complex.
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear indicators, but if Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well
you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the rear together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.
8, brake linings inspected. Also, the rear brake drums Vehicles we design andtest have top-quality GM brake
should be removed and inspected each time the tires are parts in them, as your vehicle does whenit is new. When
removed for rotationor changing. When you have the you replace parts of your braking system-- for example,
front brakes replaced, have the rear brakes inspected, too. when your brake linings wear down andyou have to
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete have new ones put in -- be sure you get new genuine
axle sets. GM replacement parts.If you don’t, your brakesmay no
longer work properly. For example,if someone puts in
Brake Pedal Travel brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle, the balance
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not returnto between your front and rear brakes can change -- for the
normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal worse. The braking performance you’ve come to expect
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble. can change in many other waysif someone puts in the
wrong replacement brake parts.

6-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Battery Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
Every new vehicle has a Delco Freedom@battery. You
never have to add water to one of these. When it’s time Also, for your audio system, see “Theft-Deterrent
for anew battery, we recommend a Delco Freedom Feature” in the Index.
battery. Get onethat has the replacement number shown
on the original battery’s label. Bulb Replacement
Before you replace any bulbs, be sure that all the lamps
Vehicle Storage are off and the engine isn’t running. See “Replacement
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days Bulbs” in the Index.
or more, take off the black, negative (-) cable from
the battery. This will help keep your battery from
Halogen Bulbs
running down.

A CAUTION:
IQCAUTION: -7
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas can burstif you drop or scratch thebulb. You or
that canexplode. You can be badly hurtif you others couldbe injured. Be sure to read and
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index follow the instructions on the bulb
package.
for tips on working around
a battery without
getting hurt,

6-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Headlamps
Sealed Beam Lamps
I2. Pull the headlamp out
andremovetheretainer.

1. Remove the screws from

the headlamp retainer.

3. Unplug and remove the headlamp.

4. Plug in the new headlamp and put it in place.
5. Put the retainer on the headlamp and install and
tighten the screws.

6-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Composite Headlamps 3. Pull the headlamp lens
assembly out. (Some
1. Open the hood.
vehicles may have
side-by-side bulbs.)

removal pins at the top

of the radiator support.
Use a hex socketto
unscrew the pins.

~ ~ ~~~

4. Unplug the electrical connector.

6-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

5. Turn the bulb
counterclockwise to
remove it.

6. Put the new bulb into the headlamp lens assembly

and turn it clockwise until it is tight.
1. Reach under the bumper and behind the turn signal
7. Plug in the electrical connector. lamp assembly.
8. Put the headlamp lens assembly back into the 2. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull it out.
vehicle. Install and tighten the screws.
3. Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straight
Front Turn Signal Lamps out of the socket.
If you have fog lamps, the fog lampbracket must 4. Push the new bulb into the socket until it clicks.
be removed before you can replace the front turn 5. Put the socket back into the turn signal lamp
signal lamps. assembly and turn it clockwise until it locks in place.

6-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Front Sidemarker Lamps Taillamps
1. Remove the lens retaining screws. 1. Open the endgate.
2. Remove the sidemarker lens from the radiator grille. 2. Remove the two screws
3. Turn the bulb and socket one-quarterturn from the lamp assembly.
counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb and socket from the lens.
5. Install the new bulb and socket to the sidemarker lens.
6. Rotate the bulb andsocket one-quarter turn clockwise.
7. Install the sidemarker lens to the radiator grille.
8. Insert the tabs into the locators.
9. Install and tighten the screws.

3. Pull the assembly away from me fender.

4. Turn the socket counterclockwise to remove it. Push
the tab in while you turn the socket
counterclockwise.
5. Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straight
out of the socket.
6. Push the new bulb straight into the socket until
it clicks.

6-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

7. Put the socket into the lamp assembly and turn the Front Reading Lamps
socket clockwiseuntil it locks in place.
1. Use a coin or small screwdriver to unscrew the
8. Install the lamp assembly and screws. center of the overhead console lamp lens while
9. Close the endgate. pressing in on the lamp assembly.
2. Remove the lamp assembly from the console.
Underhood Lamp
3. Remove the bulb assembly from the lamp assembly.
1. Disconnect the electrical connector from the
underhood lamp assembly. 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the base.
2. Remove the screws. 5. Put a new bulb into the bulb base.
3. Disconnect the ground wire. 6 . Install the bulb assembly into the lamp assembly.
4. Remove the lamp assembly from the hood. 7. Place the lamp assembly into the console, turningit
to latch it in place.
5. Install the new bulb.
8. Install the lens.
6 . Replace the assembly. Install and tighten the screws.
7. Connect the ground wire.
8. Connect the electrical connector to the lamp assembly.

6-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Vanity Mirror Lamps Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
1. Insert the blade of a small screwdriver into the center See “Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts” in the
slot at the bottom of the lens. Index for the proper typeof replacement blade.
2. Gently pry thescrewdriver down in order to lift out
the lens.
3. Pry out the bulb.
I NOTICE:
4. Press the new bulbinto place. Use care when removingor installing a blade
5 . Slide the side tabs of the lens under theside of the
assembly. Accidental bumping can cause thearm
vanity assembly frame. to fall back and strike the windshield.
6. Rotate the lens downward.
1. To remove the old wiper blades, lift the wiper arm
7. Snap the lens into the frame. until it locks into a vertical position.

6-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

3. Remove the insert from the blade assembly. The
insert has two notches at one end that are locked by
bottom claws of the blade assembly. At the notched
end, pull the insert from the blade assembly.

A
u u

n n
0
A. Blade Assembly D. Blade Pivot
B. Arm Assembly E. Hook Slot
C. Locking Tab E Arm Hook 4. To install the new wiper insert, slide the insert (D),
notched end last, into the end with two blade
2. Press down on the blade assembly pivot locking tab. claws (A). Slide the insert all the way through the
Pull down on the blade assemblyto release it from blade claws at the opposite end (B). Plqstic caps (C)
the wiper arm hook. will be forced off as the insert is fully inserted.

6-39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

\

5. Be sure that the notches are locked by the bottom 6. Put the blade assembly pivot in the wiper arm
claws. Make sure that all other claws are properly hook. Pull upuntil the pivot locking tab locks in the
locked on both sides of the insert slots. hook slot;
7. Carefully lower the wiper arrn and blade assembly
onto thewindshield.
.I ’

Backglass Wiper Blade Replacement

See “Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement” in this
section for instructions onhow to change the backglass
wiper blade. Thebackglawwiper blade will not lock in a
vertical position like the windshield wiper blade,so care
should be used when pulling it away fromthe. vehicle.
Tires
We don’t make tires.Your new vehicle comes with
high-quality tires made bya leadingtire manufacturer.
If you ever have questions about your tire warranty
and where to obtain service, see your warranty booklet
C/
for details.

A. Claw in Notch
*. B. Cori-ect Installation
C. Incorrect Installation

? ,

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Inflation - Tire Pressure
The Certificationmirelabel which is on the driver’s door
edge, above the door latch, shows the correct inflation
Poorly maintained andim operly used tires pressures foryour tires when they’re cold. “Cold”
are dangerous. means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three
hours or driven no more than a mile.
0 Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-out and a serious NOTICE:
accident. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in
the Index. Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or
0 Underinflated tirespose the same danger as overinflation is all right.It’s not. If your tires
overloaded tires. The resulting accident don’t have enough air (underinflation), you can
could cause serious injury. Check all tires get the following:
frequently to maintain the recommended 0 Too much flexing
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked Too much heat
when your tires are cold. 0 Tire overloading
0 Overinflated tires are more likely to be 0 Bad wear
cut, punctured or broken by a sudden
--
impact such aswhen you hit a pothole.
Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
0 Worn, old tires can cause accidents.
NOTICE: (Continued)
If your
tread is badly worn, orif your tires have
been damaged, replace them.

6-41

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

NOTICE: (Continued) Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be inspected every6,000 to 8,000 miles
If your tires have too much air (overinflation), (10 000 to 13 000 km) for any signs of unusual wear.,If
you can get the following: unusual wear is present, rotate your tires as soon
as
Unusualwear possible and check wheel alignment. Also check for
Bad handling damaged tires or wheels. See “When It’s Timefor New
Tires” and “Wheel Replacement”later in this section for
Roughride
more information.
Needless damage from road hazards.

When to Check
Check your tiresonce a month or more. Also, check the
tire pressure of thespare tire.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You can’t tell if your tiresare properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back
on the valve stems.
They help prevent leaks by keepingout dirt and moisture.

6-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and rear
c inflation pressures as shown on theCertificatioflire label.
Make certain thatall wheel nuts are. properly tightened.
See “Wheel Nut Torque’’in the Index.

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on .the partsWhich

to
it is fastened, can makewheel nuts becomeloose
f after a time. The wheel could comeoff and cause
an accident. When you change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from places where the wheel
attaches to thevehicle. In anemergency, you can
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more use a cloth ora paper towel to do this; but be
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first sure touse a scraper orwire brush later,if you
I rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled need to, to get all the rust or off.
dirt(See
Maintenance Services”in the Index forscheduled “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index.)
rotation intervals.
When rotating your tires, always use one of the correct
rotation patterns shown here.

-_
6-43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

When It’s Time for New Tires The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
One way to tell when it’s The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
time for new tires is to can’t be repaired well because of the size or location
check the treadwear of the damage.
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
Buying New Tires
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or To find out what kind and size of tiresyou need, look at
less of tread remaining. the Certificatioflire label.
The tires installed on your vehicle whenit was new had
a Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
your vehicle willcontinue to have tires thatare designed
to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,
You need a new tire if any of the following statements traction, ride and other things during normal serviceon
are true: your vehicle. If your tires havean all-season tread
You can see the indicators. atthree or more places design, the TPC number will befollowed by an “MS”
around the tire. (for mud and snow).
You can see cord or fabric showing through the If you ever replace your tires with those not having a
tire’s rubber. TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
enough to show cord or fabric.

6-44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

While the tires available on General Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary withrespect to these
grades, they must also conform to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
driving. If you mix tiresof different sizes or types
(radial and bias-belted tires), the vehicle may not Treadwear
handle properly, and you could have a crash. The treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on
Using tires of different sizes mayalso cause the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
damage to your vehicle.Be sure to use the same conditions on a specified government test course. For
size and type tireson all wheels. example, atire graded 150 would wear one and a half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
Uniform Tire Quality Grading upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm due to variations
The following informationrelates to the system
in driving habits, service practices and differences in
developed by the United States National Highway
road characteristics and climate.
Traffic Safety Administration,which grades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) The
-
Traction A, B, C
grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are A, B,
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does and C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stop
not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, on wet pavement as measured under controlled
space-saver ortemporary use spare tires, tires with conditions on specified government test surfaces
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25to 30 cm), of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
or to some limited-production tires. poor traction performance.

6-45

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (turning) traction. The wheels on yourvehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
-
Temperature A, B, C and best overall performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under or your vehicle pulling one way or theother, the
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory alignment may need to be reset.If you notice your
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and wheels may need to be rebalanced.
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance Wheel Replacement
which all passenger car tires must meet under the Replace any wheelthat is bent, cracked, orbadly rusted
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
B and A represent higher levels of performance on the wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your
established for atire that is properly inflated and not GM dealer if any of these conditions exist.
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
excessive loading, either separately orin combination,
can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.

6-46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Each new wheel should have the same load carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the NOTICE:
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts The wrong wheel can also cause problemswith
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicle
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your model. ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance
to the body and chassis.

See “Changing aFlat Tire” in the Index for

more information.
Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on yourvehicle can be dangerous. Used Replacement Wheels
It could affect the braking and handling of your
vehicle, make your tireslose air and makeyou
lose control. You could havea collision in which
you or otherscould be injured.Always use the
correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts Putting a used wheel on wr vehicle is
for replacement. dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used or
how many miles it’s been driven.It could fail
suddenly and cause an accident.If you have to
replace a wheel, use a new GM original
equipment wheel.

6-47

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Tire Chains Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
NOTICE: are toxic. Otherscan burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
If your vehicle has P235/75R15, P235/70R15or
When you use anything from a container to clean your
31xlOSOR15LT/C size tires, don’t use tire chains. vehicle, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings
They can damage yourvehicle. and instructions. Andalways open your doors or
If you have othersize tires, use tire chains only windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
where legal and only when you must. Use only Never use these to clean your vehicle:
SAE Class “S” type chains that are the proper
size for your tires. Install them on the drive axle Gasoline
tires (four-wheel-drivevehicles can use chains on Benzene
both axles) and tighten them as tightly aspossible Naphtha
with the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly and
follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions.If CarbonTetrachloride
you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle, Acetone
stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues, Paint Thinner
slow down until itstops. Driving too fast or
spinning thewheels withchains onwill damage Turpentine
your vehicle. Lacquer Thinner
NailPolishRemover
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.

6-48

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can. If a ring forms after spot cleaning, clean the entire
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle: area immediately or it will set.
0 Alcohol Using Foam-Type Cleaneron Fabric
0 Laundry Soap 0 Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
0 Bleach 0 Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
0 Reducing Agents surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
0 Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the
Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle directions on the container label.
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
0 Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, damp cloth.
0 Don’t saturate the material.
Your GM dealer has two GM cleaners, a solvent-type
spot lifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will 0 Don’t rub it roughly.
clean normal spots and stains very well. Do not use As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
them on vinyl or leather. to remove the suds.
Here are some cleaning tips: 0 Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
0 Always read the instructions on the cleaner label. a Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel
0 Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set. or cloth.
0 Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area 0 Then dry it immediately with a blow dryer.
often. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn. 0 Wipe with a clean cloth.
0 Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturate the stained area.

6-49

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Using Solvent-Type Cleaneron Fabric Special Cleaning Problems
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all. Greasy or Oily Stains
Some spots and stains will clean off better with just
water and mildsoap. Stains caused by grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoe
polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
If you need to use a solvent: creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt can
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with a be removed as follows:
clean, dull knifeor scraper. Use very little cleaner, light 0 Carefully scrape off excess stain.
pressure and clean cloths (preferably cheesecloth).
Cleaning should start at the outside of the stain, 0 Follow the solvent-type instructions described
.. “featheri-ng” tgward the center. Keep changing to a earlier.
clean section of the cloth. Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain
When you clean a stain from tdbric, immediately if left on a vehicle’s seatfabric. They should be
dry the area with a blowdryer to help prevent a removed as soon as possible.Be careful, because
cleaning ring. the cleaner will dissolve them and may cause them
to spread.
Fabric Protection
Non-Greasy Stains
Your vehicle has upholstery and carpet that has been
treated with Scotchgard” Fabric Protector, a 3M Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit
product. It protects fabrics by repelling oil and water, juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
removed
which are the carriers of most stains. Even with this be as follows: J

protection, you still need to clean your upholstery and Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
carpet often to keep it looking new. soiled area with cool water.
Further information on cleaning is available by calling If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6 167). described earlier.

6-50

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

0 If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine, Cleaning Leather
treat the area with a waterhaking soda solution:
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water anda mild soap or
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
saddle soap.
of lukewarm water.
0 For stubborn stains, use a GM VinyVLeather Cleaner
0 If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
or equivalent product.
Combination Stains 0 Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili cleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish on leather.
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows: 0 Soiled leather should be cleaned immediately. If
0 Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with dirt is allowed to work into the finish, it can harm
cool water and allowto dry. the leather.
If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner. Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Cleaning Vinyl Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
Use warm water anda clean cloth. waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
0 Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
may have to do it more than once. under certain conditions.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if
you don’t get them off quickly. Usea clean cloth and
a GM Vinylkeather Cleaner or equivalent product.

6-51

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Care of Safety Belts Cleaning the Outsideof the
Keep. beltsclean and dry. Windshield, Backglass and
Wip Blades
-
I

If the windshield is notclear after using the windshield

washer, or if the wiper bladechatters when running, wax
or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it
may severely weaken them. In a crash they might Clean the outsideof the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami Powder@(GM Part
not be able to provide adequate protection. No. 1050011). The windshield is clean if beads do not
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and form when you rinse it with water.
lukewarm water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth
soaked in full-strength windshield washer solvent.Then
Glass rinse the blade with water.
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM Wiper blades should bechecked on a regular basis and
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner replaced when worn.
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films.
Weatherstrips
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear’ Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak. Apply
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside ofthe rear silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged. months. During very cold,damp weather more frequent
Any temporary license should not be attached across the application may be required.(See “Recommended
defogger grid. Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)

6-52

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle Finish Care
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by
of color, gloss retention and durability. hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint
finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning products
Washing Your Vehicle from your dealer. (See “Appearance Careand Materials’’
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to in the Index.),
keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or Your vehicle has a “basecoatklearcoat” paint finish.
cold water. The clearcoatgives more depth and gloss to the
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun. colored basecoat. Always use waxes andpolishes that
Don’t use strong soaps or chemicaldetergents. Use are non-abrasive and made for a basecoatklearcoat
liquid hand, dish or carwashing (mild detergent) soaps. paint finish.
Don’t use cleaning agentsthat are petroleum based, or
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on
the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a
I NOTICE:
soft, clean chamois or a100%cotton towel to avoid Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on
surface scratchesand water spotting. a basecoatklearcoat paint finish maydull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
High pressure carwashes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
Foreign materials such as calcium chlorideand other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicalsfrom industrial chimneys, etc. can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If

6-53

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. surface of your vehicle. Don’tuse strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners or
Exterior pamted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
and chemical fallout thatcan take their tollover a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking damage the surface.
new by keeping yourvehicle garaged or covered Don’t take your vehicle throughan automatic car wash
whenever possible. that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes.These
brushes can also damage the surfaceof these wheels.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Bright metal parts should becleaned regularly to keep Tires
their luster. Washing withwater is all that isusually To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
needed. However, you may use GM Chrome Polish on
chrome or stainless steel trim, if necessary.
Use special care with aluminum trim. To avoid
I NOTICE:
damaging protective trim, never useauto or chrome
polish, steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum. A When applying a tire dressing always take care
coating of wax, rubbedto high polish, is recommended to wipe off any oversprayor splash from all
for all bright metal parts. painted surfaceson the body or wheels of the
vehicle. Petroleum-based products may damage
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped) the paintfinish.
Keep your wheels clean using asoft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel.A wax
may then be applied.

6-54

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Sheet Metal Damage At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Cleanany areas where mud
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or Your dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system
replaced to restore corrosion protection. can do this for you.
Finish Damage Chemical Paint Spotting
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a
should be repaired right away.Bare metal will corrode chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fallupon and
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense. attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage can
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped discolorations, and
materials available from your dealer or other service small irregular dark spots etchedinto the paint surface.
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected Although no defect in the paint job causes this, GM
in your dealer’s body and paint shop. will repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces of
new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
Underbody Maintenance 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase,
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust whichever occurs first.
control can collect on the underbody. If these are not
removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on
the underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor
pan, and exhaust system even though they have
corrosion protection.

6-55

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Appearance Care Materials Chart
I PARTNUMBER I SIZE I DESCRIPTION I USAGE I
1050004 2.75 sq. ft. Chamois Shines vehicle without scratching
1050 I72 16 oz. (0.473 L) Tar and Road Oil Remover Also removes old waxes and polishes
1050173 oz. (0.473 L) Chrome Cleaner and Polish 16 Removes rust and corrosion
1050 174 16 oz. (0.473 L) Removes soil and black marks White Sidewall Ti
105020 1 16 oz. (0.473 L) Magic Mirror Cleaner Polish Exterior cleaner and polish
1050214 32 oz. (0.946 L) Vinyl and Leather Cleaner Spot and stain removal
1050427 23 oz. (0.680 L) Glass Cleaner Cleans grease, grime and smoke film
1050429 6 Ibs. (2.72 kg)
-. Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner Cleans vinvl, cloth, tires and mats
4

I
I I I

I 1051398“ I 8 oz. (0.237 L) I Lifter Spot I For cloth

1051515 32 oz. (0.946 L) Optikleen Windshield washer solvent and antifreeze
1052870
16 oz. (0.473 L) Wash and Wax Concentrate Exterior wash
1052918”” 8(0.237
oz. L) Armor All Protector
TM Protects vinyl, leather
rubber
and
I 1052929 I 16 oz. (0.473 L) I Wheel
Cleaner I wheel
cleaner
Spray
on
I r I
1052930 8 oz. (0.237 L) Capture Dry Spot Remover Attracts and absorbs soils
12345002**
16 I
oz. (0.473 L) I
Armor All Cleaner
TM
I
Cleans vinyl, leather
rubber
and
I 12345725 I 12 oz. (0.354 L) I ShineTire
I
Silicone
I
I
I tires
Shines I
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products. * Not recommended for pigskin suede leather.
See “Fluids and Lubricants’’ in the Index. **Not recommended for use on instrument panel vinyl.

6-56

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

-
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Engine Identification
The eighth character in your VIN is the engine code.
This codewill help you identify your engine,
specifications, and replacement parts.
-1 I I 11111.11 1
1
.1 111111111 II.1111111. 1111111.111. 111..1111 11- e
bd SAMPLE4UXTM072675 Service Parts Identification Label
ENGINEfi96 7 \ ASSEMBLY You’ll find this label on the inside of the glove box. It’s
CODE MODEL YEAR PLANT very helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this
label is:
This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. It appears on 0 your VIN,
a plate in the front corner of the instrumentpanel, ,on the 0 the model designation,
driver’s side. You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also 0 paint information, and
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts a list of all production options and special
labels and the certificates of title and registration. equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.

6-57

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Electrical System Headlamps
The headlamp wiring is protected by an internal
Add-on Electrical Equipment circuit breaker. An electrical overload willcause the
lamps to go on and off, or in.’somecases to remain off.
NOTICE: If this happens, have yourheadlamp wiring checked
right away.
Don’t add anything electricalto your vehicle Windshield Wipers
unless you check with yourdealer first. Some
The windshield wiper motor isprotected by a circuit
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
breaker and a fuse.If the motor overheats due to heavy
and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools. If
warranty. Someadd-on electrical equipment the overload is causedby some electrical problem, be
can keep other components from working as sure to get it fixed.
they should.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other
add anything electrical to your vehicle, see “Servicing power accessories. When thecurrent load is too heavy,
Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index. the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the
circuit until the problem is fixedor goes away.

6-58

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Fuses and Circuit Breakers Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from The fuse block is at the
short circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit breakers driver’s end of the
and fusible thermal links. This greatly reduces the instrument panel.
chance of fires caused by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size
and rating.
If you ever have a problem on the road and don’t havea
spare fuse, you can borrow one that has the same
amperage. Just pick some feature of your vehicle that
you can get along without -- like the radio or cigarette
lighter -- and use its fuse, if it is the correct amperage. Remove the cover by turning the fastener
Replace it as soon as you can. counterclockwise. Extra fuses and the fuse extractor are
provided in the cover. To reinstall the fuse panel cover,
push in and turn thefastener clockwise.

6-59

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FuseKircuit Usage
Breaker
1 Stoplamps, Hazard Lamps, Chime,
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
Relay, Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp
2 Dome Lamps, Cargo Lamps, Visor
Vanity Mirror, Cigarette Lighter,
Inside Rearview Mirror Lamp,
Overhead Console Lamps, Glove Box
Lamp, Horns, Horn Relay, IP
Courtesy Lamps, Power Outside
Rearview Mirror, Liftglass Release
Motor, Illuminated Entry Module
3 Parking Lamps, License Plate Lamps,
Electric Shift TransferCase Module,
FuseKircuit Usage Underhood Lamp, Rear Wiper,
Breaker Ashtray Lamp, Door SwitchLamp
A Power Door Locks, Power Seat, 4 Alternator Field, A/C Compressor
Power Seat Lumbar, Remote Relay, Cluster Chime Module, DRL
Keyless Entry Relay Coil, Four-Wheel-Drive
Indicator Lamp, DRL Module, Rear
B Power Windows Defog Timer, TransferCase Control
Module Ignition, SIR Redundant
Ignition, RKE Ignition

6-60

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FuseKircuit Usage FuseKircuit Usage
Breaker Breaker
5 Oxygen Sensor Heater, Exhaust Gas 15 Daytime Running Lamps, Fog Lamps,
Recirculation, Cam Sensor, CANN. Fog Lamp Relay
Purge, MAS 16 Turn Signals and Back-up Lamps,
Blower Motor, Temperature Door Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock
Motor, HI Blower Relay Coil Solenoid
7 Power Auxiliary Outlets, Assembly 17 Windshield Washer, Windshield
Line Diagnostic Link Wiper Motor
8 Rear Window Defogger 19 Electric Shift Transfer Case
9 PCMNCM Battery, ABS Battery 20 Crank Signal, Air Bag System
10 PCMNCM Ignition, Injectors, Crank 21 Cluster Illumination, Radio
Sensor, Coil Driver Module Illumination, Heater Lamp,
Four-Wheel-Drive Illumination,
11 Radio, Inside Rearview Mirror Map
Chime Module, Fog Lamp
Lamp, Overhead Console Reading
Illumination, Rear Wiper Switch, Rear
Lamps, Rear Wiper, Rear Washer,
Defog Switch Illumination, Liftglass
Overhead Console Display
Release Switch Illumination,
12 DRAC, Anti-Lock Braking System, Overhead Console Illumination
VCM IGN-3
22 Air Bag System
13 Clock, Radio, Battery, CD Player
24 PRNDL Power, 4L60E Automatic
14 A/C Compressor Battery Feed Transmission

6-61

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Replacement Bulbs
Lamps Quantity Number
Halogen Headlamps,
Sealed Beam 2 2E I
Halogen Headlamps,
Composite Low-Beam 2 9006 HB4
Halogen Headlamps,
Composite High-Beam 2 9005 HB3
Tail and Stoplamps 4 3057
Front Sidemarker Lamps 2 194
Turn Signal Lamps 2 3157 NA
Underhood Lamp 1 93
Visor Vanity MirrorLamps 4 74
Overhead Console
Reading Lamps 2 194

6-62

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Capacities and Specifications Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts
Engine Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “Vortec” 4300 Replacement part numbers listed in this section are
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6 based on the latest information available at the time of
printing, and are subject to change. If a part listed in this
VINCode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W manual is not thesame as the part used in your vehicle
Firing Order ...................... 1-6-5-4-3-2 when it was built, or if you have any questions, please
Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 at 4,400 rpm contact your GM truck dealer.
Thermostat Specification . . . . . . . . . . . 195°F (91°C) Thermostat . . . ... . . . . . . . . . 12551472
Spark Plug Gap . . . . . . . . . . 0.045 inches (0.1 14 cm) Oil Filter.. ............................. PF52
Air Cleaner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A 1 163C
Wheels and Tires PCVValve .......................... CV746C
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ib-ft (130 N-m) Automatic Transmission Filter Kit . . . . . . 24200796
Tire Pressure . . . . . . See the Certificationmire label. Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41-932
See “LoadingYour Vehicle” in the Index.
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GF48 1
Front Windshield
WiperBlade . . . . . . . . Trico (20 inched50.8 cm)
Backglass Wiper Blade . . . Trico (14 inched35.6 cm)

6-63

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Capacities (Approximate) Vehicle Dimensions*
Cooling System" Wheelbase
Auto. Trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7 quarts (1 1.1 L) Sl"10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.5 inches (255.3 cm)
ManualTrans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9 quarts (1 1.3 L) Sl"10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.0 inches (271.8 cm)
Crankcase* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 quarts (4.3 L) Length
Automatic Transmission S10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.0 inches (444.5 cm)
(Drain and Refill)* . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 quarts (4.7 L) TI0516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.4inches (445.5 cm)
Differential Fluid S/T10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,181.5 inches (461.0 cm)
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . Height
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 pints(1.2 L) S10516 . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.0 inches (167.6 cm)
Fuel Tank T10516 . . . . . . . . 66.9 inches
(170.0 cm)
2-Door.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 gallons (72 L) S 10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.9 inches (167.4 cm)
4-Door.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 gallons (68 L) T10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.0 inches (170.2 cm)
A/C Refrigerant. . . 30 oz. or 2 Ibs. (0.9 kg) of R- 134a Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.8 inches (172.2 cm)
*After refill, the level must be checked. Front Tread
S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.0 inches (139.6 cm)
Air Conditioning Refrigerants T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.3 inches (145.4 cm)
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. Rear Tread
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.7 inches (138.8 cm)
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used. T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1 inches (139.9 cm)
J f you're not sure, ask your GM dealer.
*Figures reflect base equipment only.

6-64

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 7 MaintenanceSchedule

Introduction
IMPORTANT- Your Vehicle and the Environment
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
LEVEL AND CHANGE AS
RECOMMENDED vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
This section covers the maintenance required for your affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
vehicle. Your vehicle needs these services to retain its levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level
safety, dependability and emission control performance. of emissions from your vehicle. To help protect our
environment, and to keep your vehicle in good

es Protection
Plan
Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? ThePlan
supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.

Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet, or your GM

dealer for details.
7-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

How This Section is Organized v
“Part B: Owner Checks andServices” tells you what
should be checked whenever you stop for fuel. It also
The remainder of this section is divided into five parts: explains what you can easily do to help keep your
“Part A: Scheduled MaintenanceServices” shows vehicle in good condition.
what to have done and how often. Some of these “Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections?’
services can be complex, so unless you are technically explains important inspections that yourGM dealer’s
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should service department or another qualified service center
let your dealer’s servicedepartment or another qualified should perform.
service center do these jobs.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
lists some products GM recommends to help keep your
vehicle properly maintained. These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or have it done.
Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can
be dangerous. In tryingto do some jobs, you can “Part E: Maintenance Record’’ provides a place for
be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
work only if you have the required know-how
sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
and the propertools and equipment for the job. determine when your next maintenance should bedone.
If you have any doubt, have a qualified In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
technician do the work. receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information GM publishes. See “Service and Owner
Publications’’ in the Index.

7-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Part A: Scheduled Maintenance The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in
Part D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle
Services uses these. All parts should be replaced and all
necessary repairs done before you or anyone else
Using Your Maintenance Schedule drives the vehicle.
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
These schedules are for vehicles that:
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know
exactly bow you’ll drive it. You may drive very short carry passengers and cargo within recommended
distances only a few times a week. Or you may drive limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather. CertificationEire label. See “Loading Your Vehicle”
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or in the Index.
you may drive it to work, to do errands or in many are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
other ways. driving limits.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM 0 are driven off-road in the recommended manner. See
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need
“Off-Road Driving With Your Four-Wheel-Drive
more frequent checks and replacements than you’ll find Vehicle’’ in the Index.
in the schedules in this section. So please read this
section and note how you drive. If you have any use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel” in the Index.
questions on how to keep your vehicle in good
condition, see your GM dealer. Selecting the Right Schedule
This part tells you the maintenance services you should First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
have done and when you should schedule them. If you right for your vehicle. Here’s howto decide which
go to your dealer for your service needs, you’ll know schedule to follow:
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.

7-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Maintenance Schedule
I Short TripKity Definition Short Trip/City Intervals
Follow the ShortTripKity Maintenance Schedule if any Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
one of these conditions istrue for your vehicle: Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Chassis
Lubrication (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Drive
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). Axle Service (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
--
At 6,000 Miles (10 000 km) Then Every
12,000 Miles(20 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
driving in stop-and-go traffic). Inspection, if driving in dustyconditions. Front
Wheel Bearing Repack (2WD only) (or at each brake
You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or relining, whichever occurs first).
off-road frequently. Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Fuel Filter Replacement.
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic
your vehicle. Transmission Service (severe conditions only).
If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi Every 60,000 Miles (100 000km): Engine
or other commercial application. Accessory Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Cap
and Lines Inspection.
One of the reasons you should follow this scheduleif Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Cooling System
you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions Service (or every60 months, whichever occurs first).
is that these conditionscause engine oil to break Spark Plug Wire Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
down soonex Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to followthe complete maintenance schedule on
the following pages.
7-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Maintenance Schedule
1 Long TripMighway Definition
Follow this maintenance schedule only ir none of the Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and rllter
conditions from the Short Trip/City Maintenance Change (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
Schedule is true. Chassis Lubrication (or every 12 months, whichever
occurs first). Drive Axle Service.
Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under
highway conditions causes engineoil to break --
At 7,500 Miles (12 500 km) Then Every
down slower: 15,000 Miles(25 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Fuel Filter
Replacement. Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. Front
Wheel Bearing Repack (2WD only) (or at each brake
relining, whichever occurs first).
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic
Transmission Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Cap and
Lines Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166000 km): Cooling System
Service (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
Spark Plug Wire Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)Valve Inspection.
These intervals onlysummarize maintenance services.
Be sure to follow the complete maintenance schedule otl
the following pages.
7-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule

The services shown in thisschedule up to 100,000 miles ** Drive axle service:

(1 66 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles e Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refill at first
(166 000 km) at the same intervals: engine oil change. At subsequent oil changes, check
fluid level and add fluidas needed. If driving in
Footnotes dusty areas or towing a trailer,drain fluid and refill
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
California Air Resources Boardhas determined that the
e Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and add
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability priorto the fluid as needed at every oil change. If driving in
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however, dusty areas or towing a trailer, drain fluid and refill
urge that all recommended maintenance services be every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance 0 More frequent lubrication maybe required for
be recorded. heavy-duty or off-road use.

7-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
3,000 Miles (5 000 km) 6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every Cl Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Ewission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage and transfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change.(or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add (Continued)
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking?
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 1
6,000 Miles (10 000 km) (Continued) 9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine oil and filter (0lr e
~

fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 3 months, whichever occurs first).

joints and axle seals for leaking.** An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and 0Lubricate the frontsuspension, ball joints,
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation steering linkage and transfer case shift
pattern and additional information. linkage, parking brakecable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle sealsfor leaking.**
~~

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short TripKity MaintenanceSchedule I
12,000 Miles(20 000 km) 15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage and transfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
joints and axle seals for leaking.*'* necessary. An Emission Control Service.?
I DATE I ACTUALMILEAGE ISERVICED B Y I (Continued)

7-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

' Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
15,000 Miles '(25000 km) (Continwkd).
!
18,000 Miles (30 000 km) ' .

Check readfront axle fluid level and add Change engine oil and filter (or every
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 3 months, whichever occurs first).
joints and axle seals for leaking.** An Emission Control Service.
0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
and repack the front wheel bearings (or at steering linkage and transfer case shift
each brake relining, whichever occurs-first). linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch,pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first).

t DATE

I
ACTUAL MILEAGE

I
SERVICED BY:

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 3 months, whichever occurs first).
joints and axle seals for leaking.** An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and 17 Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation steering linkage and transfer case shift
pattern and additional information. During linkage, parking brake cable guides,
tire rotation, check brake calipers for propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
freedom of movement. Refer to the pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
appropriate GM service manual for proper every oil change (or every 3 months,
caliper service procedures. whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y I

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short Trip/City MaintenanceSchedule
24,000 Miles (40 000 km) ' 27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage and transfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springsat
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity fluid as needed. Checkconstant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.** joints and axle seals for leaking.**
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Replace fuel filter.
3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service.?
An Emission Control Service. 0Replace air cleaner filter.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, An Emission Control Service.
steering linkage and transfer case shift 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
linkage, parking brake cable guides, Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake pattern and additional information.
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at During tire rotation, check brake calipers
every oil change (or every 3 months, for freedom of movement. Refer to the
whichever occurs first). appropriate GM service manual for proper
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add caliper service procedures.
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
and repack the front wheel bearings (or at
each brake relining, whichever occurs first).

7-13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
33,000 Miles (55 000 km) 36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Contt-ol Service. At1 Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspe,nsion, balljoints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage and transfer caseshift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 17 Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Checkconstant velocity fluid as needed. Check constant velocity

<
joints and axle seals for leaking.** joints and axle seals for leaking.**
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

..
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
39,000 Miles (65 000 km) 42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage and transfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add (Continued)
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and.axle seals for leaking?

7-15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

. ..

I
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
42,000 Miles '(70000 km) (Continued) 1 45,000 Miles (75000 km) ~ .
.
.. ..
,..
'
, .'.
. . .-

1 17 Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine oil and filter (or every . . . . ,
,
. I
.:'
fluid as needed.'Check constant velocity 3 months,whichever occurs first). ..,..I.
> . ,. . .
T i ' . .
'.I

..
. . . .
. joints and axle seals forleaking.** An Emission Control Service. s..
r.

_. . . . ' I

0Rotate tires. See "Tire Inspection and 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, I .
~

-Rotation" in the Index for proper rotation, steering linkage and transfer case shift I

'pattern and additional information. During linkage, parking brake cable gu.ides, ,
tire rotation, check brake calipers for propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
freedom of movement. Refer to the pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at I.... . : . . ~

appropriate GM service manual for properevery oil change (or every 3 months, ', ''
i
caliper service procedures. whichever
occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
. I fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
,i

DATE -. ACTUAL MILEAGE ' SERVICED BY:

. .. .a.
1
....
.. ~
, , ,i
. _
t; = ,.
._
.
. ... . #7 .
7-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule I
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
and repack thefront wheel bearings (or at 3 months, whichever occurs first).
each brake relining, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving 0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints,
in dusty conditions. ,Replace filter if steering linkage and transfer case shift
necessary. An Emission Control Service.? linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0Change automatic transmission fluid and lfyou do not LW your vehicle under any of
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under these conditions, the fluid and filter donot
one or moreof these conditions: require changing.
- In heavy city traffic where the outside Manual transmission fluid doesn’t
require change.
temperature regularly reaches90 F O

(32°C) orhigher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
51,000 Miles (85 000 km) 54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, El Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage and transfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add (Continued)
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.""

7-19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 1
54,000 Miles (90 000 km) (Continued) 57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 3 months, whichever occurs first).
joints and axle seals for leaking.** An Emission Control Service.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
’ Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation steering linkage and transfer case shift
pattern and additional information. During linkage, parking brake cable guides,
tire rotation; check brake calipers for propshaft splines, universal joints; brake
freedom of movement.’ Refer to the pedal springs, andclutch pedal springs at
appropriate GM service manual for proper every oil change (or every 3 months,
caliper service procedures. whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and .add . ,

. fluid as needed. Check constant velocity ,

joints and axle,seals for leaking.**

I DATE
ACTU’AL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-20
f

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

*
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
c3 Change engine oil and filter (or every 0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
3 months, whichever occurs first). and repack the front wheel bearings (or at
An Emission Control Service. each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
steering linkage and transfer case shift 0Replace fuel filter.
linkage, parking brake cable guides, An Emission Control Service.?
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). 0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add damage. Replace parts as needed.
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
An Emission Control Service.?
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
63,000 Miles (105 000 km) 66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil andfilter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints, 0Lubricate the frontsuspension, ball joints.
steering linkage and transfercase shift steering linkage and transfercase shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brakecable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springsat
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever comes first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Checkconstant velocity
joints and axle sealsfor leaking?
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
69,000 Miles (115000 km)
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 3 months, whichever occurs first).
joints and axle seals for leaking.** AIIEmission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation steering linkage and transfer case shift
pattern and additional information. During linkage, parking brake cable guides,
tire rotation, check brake calipers for propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
freedom of movement. Refer to the pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
appropriate GM service manual for proper every oil change (or every 3 months,
caliper service procedures. whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED RYI DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 1
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
3 months, whichever occurs first). fluid as needed. Checkconstant velocity
An Emission Control Service. joints and axle sealsfor leaking.**
0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints,
steering linkage and transfercase shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever comes first).

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
3 months, whichever occurs first). in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
An Emission Control Service. necessary. An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
steering linkage and transfer case shift fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
linkage, parking brake cable guides, joints and axle seals for leaking.**
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first).
0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
and repack the front wheel bearings (or at
each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
78,000 Miles (130 000 km)
0Change engine oil andfilter (or every 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
3 months, whichever occurs first). fluid as needed. Checkconstant velocity
An Emission Control Service. joints and axle seals for leaking.**
0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints, 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
steering linkage and transfer case shift Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
linkage, parking. brake cable guides, pattern and additional ‘information. During
propshaft splines, universaljoints, brake tire rotation, check brake calipersfor
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at freedom of movement. Refer to the
every oil change (or every 3 months, appropriate GM service manual for proper
whichever occurs first). caliper service procedures.

DATE SERVICED
ACTUAL MILEAGE BY:

7-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
81,000 Miles (135 000 km) 84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months,- whicheveroccurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage and transfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brake cable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months, every'oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add Cl Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.** joints and axle seals for leaking.**
. 'DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7 37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
87,000 Miles (145 000 km) 90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints,
steering linkage and transfercase shift steering linkage andtransfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brakecable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universaljoints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity fluid as needed. Checkconstant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.** joints and axle seals for leaking.**
0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
and repack thefront wheel bearings (orat
each brake relining, whicheveroccurs first).

7-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
93,000 Miles (155000 km)
0Replace fuel filter. 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
An Emission Control Service.? 3 months, whichever occurs first).
0Replace air cleaner filter. An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service. C
l Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and steering linkage and transfercase shift
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation linkage, parking brake cable guides,
pattern and additional information. During propshaft splines, universaljoints, brake
tire rotation, check brake calipers for pedal springs and clutch pedalsprings at
freedom of movement. Refer to the every oil change (or every 3 months,
appropriate GM service manual for proper whichever occurs first).
caliper service procedures. 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: I

7-29

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
96,000 Miles (160 000 km) 99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. A n Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints,
steering linkage andtransfer case shift steering linkage and transfer case shift
linkage, parking brakecable guides, linkage, parking brakecable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springsat
every oil change (or every 3 months, every oil change (or every 3 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.** joints and axle seals for leaking.**
I DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED BY:)

7-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system - In hilly or mountainous terrain.
(or every 60 months since last service, - When doing frequent trailer towing.
whichever occurs first). See “Engine
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
Coolant” in the Index for what to use. delivery service.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test Ifyou donot use your vehicle under anyof
these conditions,the fluid andjilterdo not
cooling system and pressure cap. require changing.
An Emission Control Service. 3- Manual transmission fluid doesn’t require change.
0Inspect spark plug wires.
An Emission Control Service. 0Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation
( P c v ) valve. An Emission Control Service.
0Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
0Change automatic transmission fluid and
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under
one or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
7-31

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

-a
r Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule I
The services shown in thisschedule up to 100,000 miles ** Drive axle service:
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles 0 Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refill at first
(166 000 km) atthe same intervals. engine oil change. Atsubsequent oil changes, check
Footnotes fluid level and addfluid as needed. If driving in
dusty areas or towing a trailer, drain fluid and refill
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
0 Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and add
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the fluid as needed at everyengine oil change. If driving
completion of the vehicle’s useful life.We, however, in dusty areas or towing a trailer, drain fluid and
urge that all recommended maintenance services be refill every 15,000 miles (25 000 km).
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance 0 More frequent lubrication maybe required for
be recorded. heavy-duty or off-road use.

7-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
12 months, whichever occurs first). fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
An Emission Control Service. joints and axle seals for leaking.**
El Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
steering linkage and transfer case shift Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
linkage, parking brake cable guides, pattern and additional information. During
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake tire rotation, check brake calipers for
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at freedom of movement. Refer to the
every oil change (or every 12 months, appropriate GM service manual for proper
whichever occurs first). caliper service procedures.

7-33

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
15,000 Miles (25 000 km) 22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first). 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
steering linkage andtransfer case shift steering linkage and transfercase shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brakecable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and'clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 12 months, every oil change (or every 12 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED BYI

7-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine
- - oil and filter (or ev
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 12 months, whichever occurs first).
joints and axle seals for leaking.** An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation steering linkage and transfer case shift
pattern and additional information. During linkage, parking brake cable guides,
tire rotation, check brake calipers for propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
freedom of movement. Refer to the pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
appropriate GM service manual for proper every oil change (or every 12 months,
caliper service procedures. whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y
(Continued)

7-35

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

. '.

30,000 Miles (50 000 km) (Continued) 37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean 0Change engine oil andfilter (or every
and repack the front wheel bearings (or at 12 months, whichever occurs first).
each brake relining, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service.
0Replace fuel filter. 0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints,
An Emission Control Service.? steering linkage and transfercase shift
0Replace air cleaner filter. linkage, parking brake cable guides,
An Emission Control Service. propshaft splines, universaljoints, brake
pedal springs and clutch- pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 12 months,
whichever occurs first).

DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 12 months, whichever occurs first).
joints and axle seals for leaking.** An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation steering linkage and transfer case shift
pattern and additional information. During linkage, parking brake cable guides,
tire rotation, check brake calipers for propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
freedom of movement. Refer to the pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
appropriate GM service manual \for proper every oil change (or every 12 months,
caliper service procedures. whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0Change automatic transmission fluid and lf you donot use your vehicle under any of
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under these conditions, the fluid andfilter do
not
one or more ofthese conditions: require changing.
- In heavy city traffic where the outside Manual transmission fluid doesn’t require change.
temperature regularly reaches90 F O

(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

52,500 Miles (87 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
12 months, whichever occurs first). fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
An Emission Control Service. joints and axle seals for leaking.**
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
steering linkage and transfercase shift Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation
linkage, parking brake cable guides, pattern and additional information. During
propshaft splines, universaljoints, brake tire rotation, check brake calipersfor
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at freedom of movement. Refer to the
every oil change (or every 12 months, appropriate GM service manual for proper
whichever occurs first). caliper service procedures.

ISERVICED BY: I

€
ACTUAL MILEAGE

7-39

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every 0For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean
12 months, whichever occurs first). and repack the front wheel bearings (or at
An Emission Control Service. each brake relining, whichever occursfirst).
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
steering linkage and transfer case shift 0Replace fuel filter.
linkage, parking brake cable guides, An Emission Control Service.?
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake 0Replace air cleaner filter.
pedal springs andclutch pedal springs at An Emission Control Service.
every oil change (or every 12 months,
whichever occurs first). 0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add damage. Replace parts as needed.
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity An Emission Control Service.?
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
~~~~~

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Long Tripmighway lvlalntenance xneaule 1
67,500 Miles (112 500 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every 0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
12 months, whichever occurs first). fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
An Emission Control Sewice. joints and axle seals for leaking.**
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
steering.linkage and transfer case shift Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
linkage, parking brake cable guides, pattern and additional information. During
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake tire rotation, check brake calipers for
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at freedom of movement. Refer to the
every oil change (or every 12 months, ,’ ’ appropriate ‘GMservice‘manual for proper
whichever occurs first). caliper service procedures.

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

75,000 Miles (125 000 km) 82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
0Change engine oil andfilter (or every 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first). 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Eunission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints, 0Lubricate the front suspension, balljoints,
steering linkage and transfer case shift steering linkage andtransfer case shift
linkage, parking brake cable guides, linkage, parking brakecable guides,
propshaft splines, universal joints, brake propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 12 months, every oil change (or every 12 months,
whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**

7-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 1
90,000 Miles (150 000 k t )
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity 12 months, whicheveroccurs first).
joints and axle seals for leaking.** An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation steering linkage and transfer case shift
pattern and additional information. During linkage, parking brake cable guides,
tire rotation, check brake calipers for propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
freedom of movement. Refer to the pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
appropriate GM service manual for proper every oil change (or every 12 months,
caliper service procedures. whichever occurs first).
0Check readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.**
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y
(Continued)

7-43

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued) 97,500 Miles (162 500 km)
0For Two-.Wheel-Drivevehicles only: Clean 0Change engine oil and filter (or every
and repack the front wheel bearings (orat 12 months, whichever occurs first).
each brake relining, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service.
0Replace fuel filter. 0Lubricate the front suspension, ball joints,
An Emission Control Service.? steering linkage and transfer case shift
0Replace air cleaner filter. linkage,.parking brake cable guides,
An Emission Control Service. propshaft splines, universal joints, brake
pedal springs and clutch pedal springs at
every oil change (or every 12 months,
whichever occurs first).

I I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Check readfront axle fluid level ana aaa 0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity (or every 60 months since last service,
joints and axle seals for leaking.** whichever occurs first). See “Engine
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Coolant’’ in the Index for what to use.
Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pattern and additional information. During pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the
tire rotation, check brake calipers for cooling system and pressure cap.
freedom of movement. Refer to the An Emission Control Service.
appropriate GM service manual for proper 0Inspect spark plug wires.
caliper service procedures. An Emission Control Service.
0Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-45

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I, Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
100,000 Miles (I66 000 km) (Continued)
U Change automatic transmission fluid and If you do not use your vehicle under any of
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under and filter do not
these conditions, the fluid
one or more of these conditions: require changing.
- In heavy city traffic where the outside Manual transmission fluid doesn’t require change.
temperature regularly reaches 9OoF 0Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation
(32O C) or higher. ( P c v ) valve. An Emission Control Service.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

7-46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Part B: Owner Checksand Services Engine Coolant Level Check
Listed below are owner checks and services which Check the engine coolantlevel and add the proper
should be performed at the intervals specified to help coolant mix if necessary. See “Engine Coolant” in the
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control Index for further details.
performance of your vehicle.
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index
in Part D.
for further details.
At Each Fuel Fill At Least Once a Month
It is importantfor you or a service station attendantto
perform theseunderhood checks at each fuel fill. Tire Inflation Check
Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures.
Engine Oil Level Check
See “Tires” in the Index for further details.
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if
necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for Cassette Deck Service
further details. Clean ca :tte deck. Cleaning should be done every
50 hours or tape play. See “Audio Systems” inthe Index
for further details.

7-47

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

At Least Twice a Year Hydraulic Clutch System Check
Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir.See
Restraint System Check
“Hydraulic Clutch Fluid” in the Index.A fluid loss in
Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your this system could indicatea problem. Have the system
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are inspected and repaired atonce.
working properly. Lookfor any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts.If you see anything that might At Least Once a Year
keep a safety belt system from doing its job, have it
repaired. Have any tornor frayed safety belts replaced. Key Lock Cylinders Service
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
have them repairedor replaced. (The air bag system specified in Part D.
does not need regular maintenance.)
Body Lubrication Service
Manual Transmission Check Lubricate all body door and fuel door hinges, rear
Check the transmission fluid level; add if needed. compartment hinges, latches and locks including the
See “Manual Transmission” in theIndex. A fluid loss glove box, console doors and the body hood and any
may indicate a problem. Check the system and repair moving seat hardware. Lubricate the hood safety lever
if needed. pivot and prop rod pivot. Part D tells you what to use.
More frequent lubrication may be required when
Automatic Transmission Check exposed to a corrosive environment.
Check the transmission fluidlevel; add if needed. See
“Automatic Transmission” in the Index.A fluid loss
may indicate a problem. Check the system and repair
if needed.

7-48

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Starter Switch Check Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check
(Automatic Transmission)

When you are doing thischeck, the vehicle could

move suddenly. If itdoes, you or others could be When you are doingthis check, the vehicle could
injured. Follow thesteps below. move suddenly.If it does, youor others could be
injured. Follow thesteps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. 1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking around the vehicle. It should be parkedon a
Brake” in the Indexif necessary) and the regular brake. level surface.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be 2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. in the Index if necessary).
3. On automatic transmission vehicles, try to start the NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
engine in each gear. The starter should work only in immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
PARK (P) orNEUTRAL (N). If the starter works in 3. With the engine off, turn the key to the RUN
any other position, your vehicle needs service. position, but don’t start theengine. Without applying
On manual transmission vehicles, put the shiftlever the regular brake, try to movethe shift lever out of
in NEUTRAL (N), push the clutch down halfway PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
and try to start the engine. The starter should work moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
only when the clutch is pushed down all the way to needs service.
the floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn’t
pushed all the way down, your vehicle needs service.
7-49

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Steering Column Lock Check Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission
PARK (P) Mechanism Check
While parked, and with the parkingbrake set, try to turn
the key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
With an automatic transmission, the key should turn /!\ CAUTION:
to LOCK only when the shift leveris in PARK (P).
With a manual transmission, the key should When you are doing this check, your vehicle
turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in could begin tomove. You or otherscould be
REVERSE (R). injured and property could be damaged, Make
On vehicles witha key release button, try to turn the key sure thereis room in frontof your vehicle in case
to LOCK without pressing the button. The key should it begins to roll,Be ready to apply the regular
turn to LOCK only whenyou press the key button. brake atonce should thevehicle begin to move.
On dl vehicles, the key shouldcome out only in LOCK.
.f

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing

downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the
parking brake.
To check the parking brake: With the engine running
and transmission inNEUTRAL (N), slowly remove
foot pressure from the regular brake pedal.Do this
until the vehicle is held by the parking brakeonly.
To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Then
release all brakes.

7-50

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Part C: Periodic Maintenance Exhaust System Inspection
Inspections Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body
near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged,
Listed below are inspections and services which should
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams,
be performed at least twice a year (for instance, each
holes, loose connections or other conditions which could
spring and fall). You should let your GM dealer’s
cause aheat build-up in the floor pan or could let
service department or other qualified service center do
exhaust fumesinto the vehicle. See “EngineExhaust” in
these jobs.Make sure any necessary repairs are
the Index.
completed at once.
Proper procedures to perform these services may be Radiator and HeaterHose Inspection
found in a service manual. See “Serviceand Owner Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
Publications” in the Index. cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,
fittings and clamps; replace as needed.
Steering and Suspension Inspection
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering Throttle Linkage Inspection
system for damaged, loose ormissing parts, signs of Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding,
wear or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering and for damage or missing parts. Replace parts as
lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, needed. Replace any cables that have high effort or
cracks, chafing, etc. excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise
control cables.

7-51

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Drive Axle Service Brake System Inspection
Check readfront axle fluid level and add as needed. Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Inspection for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings
Every 12 months or at oil change intervals, check front for wear and cracks. Inspectother brake parts, including
axle and transfer case and add lubricant when necessary. drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake,etc.
Oil the control lever pivot point and all exposedcontrol Check parking brake adjustment.You may need to have
linkage. Check venthose at transfer case for kinks and your brakes inspected more oftenif your driving habits
proper installation. or conditions result in frequent braking.

Transfer Case (Four-wheel Drive)

Inspection
Every 12 months or at oil change intervals, check front
axle and transfer case and add lubricant when necessary.
Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper
installation. More frequent lubrication may be required
on off-road use.

7-52

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Part D: Recommended Fluids and USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT
Lubricants Coolant GM Part No. 3634621 or
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, Supplement equivalent with a complete flush
part number or specification may be obtained from your Sealer and refi 11.
GM dealer.
Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme I 1 Brake Fluid
@

USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT System (GM Part No. 1052535 or

equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
Engine Oil Engine oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For Hydraulic Clutch Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (GM Part
Gasoline Engines “Starburst” System No. 12345347 or equivalent).
symbol of the proper viscosity. To Parking Brake Chassis lubricant (GM Part
determine the preferred viscosity Cable Guides No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
for your vehicle’s engine, see lubricant meeting requirements of
“Engine Oil” in the Index. NLGI Grade 2, Category LB
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean water or GC-LB.
(preferably distilled) and GM Power Steering GM Power Steering Fluid (GM
Goodwrench@ DEX-COOL or TM System Part No. 1052884 - 1 pt.,
Havoline@DEX-COOL TM 1050017 - 1 qt., or equivalent).
(orange-colored, silicate-free)
antifreeze. conforming to GM Manual Synchromesh Transmission Fluid
Specification 6277M. See “Engine Transmission (GM Part No. 12345349 or
Coolant’‘ in the Index. equivalent).

7-53

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT USAGE FLUIDILUBRICANT
Automatic DEXRON@-I11Automatic Windshield GM Optikleen' Washer Solvent
Transmission Transmission Fluid. Washer Solvent (GM Part No. 1051515)
or equivalent. .
Key Lock Multi-Purpose Lubricant,
Cylinders Superlube (GM Part
@ Transfer Case Chassis lubricant (GM Part
No. 12346241 orequivalent). Shift Lever, No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
-~ ~~~

Propeller Shaft lubricant meeting requirements of

Chassis Chassis lubricant (GM Part Slip Splines and NLGI Grade 2, Category LB
Lubrication No. 1052497 or equivalent)or or GC-LB.
Universal Joints
lubricant meeting requirements of ~~

NLGI Grade 2, Category LB Clutch, Pushrod Chassis lubricant (GM Part

or GC-LB; to Clutch Fork No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
Joint lubricant meeting requirements of
Front Wheel Wheel bearing lubricant meeting NLGI Grade 2, Category LB
Bearin requirements of NLGI Grade 2, or GC-LB.
Category GC or GC-LB (GMPart
No. 105 1344 'orequivalent). Constant Chassis lubricant (GM Part
Velocity No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
Differential, Axle Lubricant (GM Part Universal Joint lubricant meeting requirements of
Front and Rear No. 1052271)-orSAE 8OW-90 NLGI Grade 2, Category LB
Axle GL-5 Gear Lubricant. or GC-LB.
'

DEXRON@-I11Automatic
Transmission Fluid.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

~

USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT

Hood Latch
Assembly Pivots,
.Spring Anchor
and Release
Pawl
Lubriplate lubricant aerosol (GM
Part No. 12346293 or equivalent)
or lubricantmeeting requirements
of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB
Weatherstrip
Squeaks

Gas Line,
Multi-purpose lubricant,
Superlube (GM Part
@

No. 12346241 or equivalent).

Gas Line De-Icer (GM Part
II’
II
or GC-LB.
No. 10515 16).
Tailgate Multi-purpose lubricant,
Mounted Spare Superlube,@(GM Part See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recommended’
Tire Cader (if No. 12346241 or equivalent). replacement filters, valves and spark plugs.
equipped), Outer
Tailgate Handle
Pivot Points and
Hinges
Weatherstrip Dielectric Silicone Grease(GM
Conditioning Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).

7-55

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added on
date, odometer reading and who performed the service the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
in the boxes providedafter the maintenance interval. maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio
Any additional information from “Owner Checks and is a convenient place to store them.

Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
READING
DATE SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED

7-56

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED

7-57

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

I I
Maintenance Record
DATE
I ODOMETER
READING
I
SERVICED BY
1
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
I

7-58

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 8 CustomerAssistanceInformation

Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet if you Customer Satisfaction Procedure
need assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain
service publications and howto report any safety defects.
This section includes information on:
0 The Customer Satisfaction Procedure
0 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone
(TTY) Users
0 Roadside Assistance
0 Courtesy Transportation
0 BBB Auto Line -- Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program
0 Reporting Safety Defects
0 Service and Owner Publications

Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your

dealer and Chevrolet. Normally, any concern you may

8-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

have with your vehicle can be handled by your selling or For help outside of the United Statesand Canada, call
servicing dealer. Your dealer has the facility, trained the following numbers as appropriate:
technicians, special tools and up-to-date information to In Mexico:(525) 625-3256
promptly address any issue which may arise. Chevrolet
has empowered its dealers to make decisions and repair In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
vehicles, and they are eager to resolve your concern to 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
your complete satisfaction. If your concern has not been In the U S . Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
resolved to your satisfaction, take the following steps:
In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-4135
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a (English) or 1-800-751-4136 (Spanish)
member of dealer management. Normally, concernscan
be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has In theBahamas:1-800-389-0009
already been reviewed with theSales, Service, or Parts In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Manager, contact theowner of the dealership or the Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0 122
General Manager.
In all other Caribbean countries: 1-809-763-1315
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member
of dealership management, it appears your concern 0 In other overseas locations, call GM North American
cannot be resolved by thedealership without further Export Sales in Canada at: 1-905-644-4 112
help, contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center by calling 1-800-222- 1020. In Canada,
contact GM of Canada Customer Assistance Center
in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

For prompt assistance, please have the following Refer to your Warranty andOwner Assistance
information availableto give the Customer Information booklet for. addresses of Canadian and
Assistance Representative: GM Overseas offices.
Your name, address, home and business When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that your
telephone numbers concern will likely be resolved in the dealership, using
the dealer's facilities, equipment and personnel. 'That is
0 Vehicle Identification Number (This is available why we suggest you fol1o.w Step One first if you have
from the vehicle registration or title, orthe plate at
a concern.
the topleft of the instrumentpanel and visible
through the windshield.) Custdmer Assistance- for
Text
Dealership name and location Telephone (TTY) Users
0. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage To assist customers who.-are deaf, hard-of hearing, or
Nature of concern speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer
We encourage you to call us so we can giveyour inquiry Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
prompt attention. However, if you wish to write Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV. (TTY users in
Chevrolet, write to: Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047

8-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Chevrolet Roadside AssistanceProgram Roadside Assistance is available24 hours a day,
365 days a year, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA
(1 -800-243-8872). This toll-free number will provide
you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor
mechanical problems. If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone, ouradvisors have access to a
nationwide network of dealer recommended service
providers. Roadside membership is free, however some
services may incur costs.
Roadside offers two levelsof service to the customer,
Basic Care and Courtesy” Care:
0 Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA
0 Free towing for warranty repairs
0 Basic over-the-phone technical advice
0 Available dealer services at reasonable costs (ie.,
wrecker services, locksmith/key service, glass
repair, etc.)
To enhance Chevrolet’s strong commitment to customer
satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited to announce the ROADSIDE Courtesy” Care PROVIDES:
establishment of the Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance Roadside Basic Cure services (as outlined above)
Center. As the ownerof a 1996 Chevrolet/Geo, Plus:
membership in Roadside Assistanceis free.
0 FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
from a legal roadway)

8-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FREE Locksmith/Key Service (when keys are lost For complete program details, see your Chevrolet/Geo
on the road or locked inside) dealer to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure.
0 FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road) The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that
FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road) will provide you with quality and priority service. When
roadside services are required, our advisors will explain
0 FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on any payment obligations that may be incurred for
the road) utilizing outside services.
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation For prompt assistance when calling, please have the
for customers needing warranty service. Courtesy following available to give to the advisor:
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the
coverage provided by the Bumper To Bumper New VehicleIdentificationNumber
Vehicle Limited Warranty to eligible purchasers of 1996 Licenseplatenumber
Chevrolet/Geo passenger car and light duty trucks.
Vehiclecolor
(Please see your selling dealer for details.)
Vehiclelocation
Note: Courtesy Care is available to Retail and Retail Lease
Customers operating 1996 and newer Chevrolet/Geo 0 Telephone number where you can be reached
vehicles for a period of 36 months/36,000 miles, 0 Vehiclemileage
whichever occurs first. All Courtesy Care services must
be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or Dealer 0 Description of problem
Service Management. Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside
Basic Care and Courtesy Care are not part of or your owner information portfolio forfull program details.
included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy Cure
at any time.

8-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Canadian Roadside Assistance 0 A loaner vehicle will be made available for overnight
warranty repairs up to a five day maximum,or up to a
Vehicles purchased inCanada have an extensive $30 allowance for a rental vehicle, cab, busor other
Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere transportation in lieu of a loaner. (Bringing vehicles in
in Canada or the United States. Please refer to the late in the day, for service
on the next day,does not
separate brochure provided by thedealer or call
1-800-268-6800 for emergency services. constitute overnight repairs.)
0 Gas allowance of upto $10 a day for rides provided
Courtesy Transportation by another'person (i.e., friend, neighbor, etc.) in
GMC Truck Commitment Plus offers courtesy lieu of rentalfor overnight warranty repair upto
transportation for customers when obtaining five day maximum.
warranty service. All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be
This program is offered in conjunction with the administered by your GMCTruck dealership service
36 month/36,000 mile Bumper To Bumper management. All requests should reflect actual costs
New Vehicle Liinited Warranty. p and not to exceed the maximum allowable
~ l to
dollar limits.
Courtesy transportation includes:
Some state insu nce regulations make it impractical
~~

0 One way shuttle ride from the dealership (up to to rent vehicles to people under 21 years of age. If
10 miles) for same-day warranty repairs. you are under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle,
GMC Truck will reimburse upto $30/day for
documented transportation you receive.

8-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle There may be instances where an impartial third party
Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
interim transportation may be available under the regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New
Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
dealer for details. The Roadside Assistance program is disagreements, Chevrolet voluntarily participates in
available only in the United States and Canada. BBB AUTO LINE.
GM Participation in BBB AUTO BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
LINE -- Alternative Dispute administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle disputes between customers and automobile
Resolution Program* manufacturers. This program is available free of charge
*This program may not be available in all states, to customers who currently own or lease a GM vehicle.
depending on state law. Canadian owners refer to your If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet. Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
limitations and/or to discontinue its participation in following address:
this program.
BBB AUTO LINE
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are committed Council of Better Business Bureaus
to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new 4200 Wilson Boulevard
vehicle. Our experience has shown that,if' a situation Suite 800
arises where you feel your concern has not been Arlington, VA 22203
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier in this section is very successful. Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100

8-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
and a statement of the natureof your complaint. TO THE UNITED STATES
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and GOVERNMENT
other factors. If you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
Procedure before you resortto AUTO LINE, but you immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
may contact the BBB at any time.The BBB will attempt Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary notifying General Motors.
between you and Chevrolet. If this mediation is If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
unsuccessful, an informal hearing will be scheduled investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
where eligible customers may present theircase to an a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
impartial third-party arbitrator. campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may in individual problems between you, your dealer or
accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be General Motors.
bound by that decision. The entire dispute resolution To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
time you file a claim until a decision is made. Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
Some state laws may require you to use this program NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program Washington, D.C. 20590
or in the courts. For further information, contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or the Chevrolet Customer You can also obtain other information about motor
Assistance Center at 1-800-222- 1020. vehicle safety from the Hotline.

8-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO Service and Owner Publications
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K1 G 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-222- 1020 or write:
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s manuals and
Chevrolet Motor Division other service literature are available for purchase for all
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center current and many past model GeneralMotors vehicles.
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, Michigan 48007-7047 Toll-free telephone numbers for ordering information:
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English) United States , . . . . - . 1-800-55 1-4 123
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
Canada . . . . . . . . .. 1-800-668-5539
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L l H 8P7
8-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Service Manuals number of vehicles. Some will describe inexpensive
service; others will describe expensive service. Some
Service manuals contain diagnostic and repair will advise of new or unexpected conditions, and others
information for all chassis and body systems. They may help avoid future costly repairs. Service bulletins
may be useful for owners who wishto get a greater are meant for qualified technicians. In some cases
understanding of their vehicle. Theyare also useful for bulletins refer to service manuals, specialized tools,
owners with the appropriate skill level or training who equipment and safety procedures necessaryto service
wish to perform “do-it-yourself’ service. These are the vehicle. Since these bulletins are issued throughout
authentic General Motors service manuals meant for the model year and beyond, an index is required and
professional, qualified technicians. published quarterly to help identify specific bulletins.
Service Bulletins Subscriptions are available. You can order an index at
the toll-free numbers listed previously,or ask a GM
Service bulletins covering various subjects are regularly dealer to see an index or individual bulletin.
sent to all General Motors dealerships. GM monitors
product performance in thefield. When service methods Owner Publications
are found which promote better service on GM vehicles, Owner’s manuals, warranty folders and various owner
bulletins are created to help the technician perform assistance booklets provide owners with general
better service. Service bulletins may involve any operation and maintenance information.

8-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Section 9 Index

Accessory Power Outlet ......................... 2-59 Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Adding Sound Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Add-on Equipment ............................. 4-46 Automatic Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Adding Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .' . 1-23 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
How Does it Restrain .......................... 1-21 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
ReadinessLight ......................... I .19. 2-66 Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Axle
What You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-21
When Should it Inflate ......................... 1-21 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64 Backglass Wipers, Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Alignment and Balance. Tire ...................... 6-46 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
All-WheelDrive .......................... 2.21.6.20 ChargeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Antenna. Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Replacement, KeylessEntry ..................... 2-6
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 2.68.4.6 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Appearancecare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 BBBAuto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56 Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 BrakeFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Armrest. Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.53.2.54 Brake,Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
BrakeSystemWarningLight ............. . . . 2-67

9-1

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Brakes
Adjustment .................................
Restraints 6-30 . Child
.
Chemical Paint Spotting .. .......................
................................
6-55
1-35
Anti-Lock ................................... 4-6 Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position ........... : 1-36
Master Cylinder ................................
-

..................................
6-28 Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . -1-39
Pedal 1 Top Strap ................................... 1-35
Replacing System Parts .......................... 6-31 Where Not to Put .............................. 1-38
Trailer ....................................... 4-51 WheretoPut ................................ 1-35
Wear ....................................... 6-30 Cigarette Lighter ............................... 2-58
Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock Check . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Circuit Breakers and Fuses ....................... 6-59
Braking ........................................ 4-5 Cleaner. Air ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1 3 .
Braking in Emergencies ........................... 4-8
Break-In, New Vehicle .......................... 2- 11 Cleaning
Wheels Aluminum ............................ 6-54
Brightness Control ............................. : . 2-45 Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
BTSICheck .................................... 7-49 Glass ....................................... 6-52
Bulb Replacement ......................... 6-32, 6-62 Inside of Your Vehicle .......................... 6-49
Instrument Panel .............................. 6-51
Canadian Roadside Assistance .................... Leather ...................................... 6-51
8-6 YourOutside of ......................... 6-53
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63. Vehicle 6.64
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.2.31.4.42. 4.51 Stains ....................................... 6-50
Cargocover ................................... Tires ........................................ 6-54
Vinyl ........................................
2-55 6-51
2-55 Cargo Tie Downs ................................ ................................ 6-52
Cassette Tape Player ......................... 3-7, 3-9 Weatherstrips
. Center
Care ....................................... Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
3-18 Windshield, Backglass and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Certificationrnire Label .......................... 4-44 Climate Control System ...........................
3-1
C1ock;Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
'Chains Clutch, Hydraulic ............................... 6-18
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Tire ........................................ Comfort Controls . . . . . . : ......................... 3-1
6-48 Compact Disc Care ............................. 3-18
Changing a Flat Tire ............................. 5-21 Compact Disc Player ............................ 3-12
Charging System Light .......................... 2-66
Check Gages Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74 Control of a Vehicle .............................. 4-5
.Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45 ConvenienceNet ............................... 2-54
Convex Outside Mirror ............................ 2-48

9-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5- 1 1 . 6-22 In ForeignCountries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Coolant Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I5 Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
CruiseControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 OnCurves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 1 RainyConditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 1 Snowy and. Icy Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Throughwater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Damage. Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Driving On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73 DrunkenDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
DeadBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Defects.ReportingSafety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- I E a s y EntrySeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Electrical Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 17. 6-58
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 ElectricalSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
DelcoLOCII@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
* *
Endgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Dimensions.Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64 EmergencyRelease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Dome
Lamps ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 ManualRelease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Door RemoteRelease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Drive. Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I8 Coolant Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Drive Axle Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 CoolantTemperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I- 12 Exllaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 FanNoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 OilLevelCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- I4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
InaBlizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
9-3

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Engine Oil ..................................... 6-9 Front Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 2.45.2.49. 6.37
Adding ....................................... 6-9 Front Sidemarker Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Additives . . ................................. 6-11 . Front Storage Area .......................... 2-53. 2-54
. Checking ..................................... -6-9 Front Towing ................................... 5-9
Kind ................................. 6-10 Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement . . .,. . . . . . . 6-35
Pressure Gage ................................ Fuel ........................................... 6-3
Used ....................................... 6-12 Filling Your Tank .............................. 6-5
Whentochange .............................. 6-12 Foreign Countries .............................. 6-4
Exhaust. Engine ................................ 2-31 Gage ....................................... 2-74
'Express-Down Window .......................... 2-34 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ....................... 6-59
Exterior Metal Parts. Protecting .................... 6-54
Gages
Fabric Cleaning ............................... 6-49 Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
Fifth Gear. Manual Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2- 19 Engine Oil Pressure ............................2-72
Filling Your Tank ................................. 6-5 Fuel ....................................... 2-74
Filter Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
. .
Air ........................................ 6-13 GasCap ........................................
. . 6-5
Remote Oil ................................... 6- 12 GAWR ........................................ 4-44
Finishcare . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 Gear Positions .................................. 2-16
Finish Damage ................................. 6-55 GloveBox .................................... 2-48
First Gear Gross Axle Weight Rating ........................ 4-44
Automatic Transmission ........................ 2- 18 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ...................... 4-44
Manual Transmission ........................... Frangais
Flashers. Hazard Warning .........................
2- 19
5-1
Guide en ............................... . 11..
1

G W R ' ........................................ 4-44

Flat Tire. Changing ............................. 5-21
Fluids and Lubricants ....................... 6-64. 7-53 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . ., ........................ 6-32
Fog Lamp Switch ............................... 2-45 Hazard Warning Flashers' .' ......................... 5-1
Foreign Countries. Fuel ........................... 6-4
. Fourth Gear. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 19 HeadRestraints .................................. 1-5
Headlamps .................................... 2-43
Four-wheel Drive .......................... 2-21. 6-20 BulbReplacement ............................. 6-33
French Language Manual ............................ ..
11 High/Low Beam Changer ...................... 2-37
FrontAxle ..................................... 6-21 OnReminder ................................
Front Map'Lamps ............................... 2-46 2-44
Wiring ..................................... 6-58
9-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 K e y in the Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 KeylessEntrySystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Key Lock Cylinders Service ...................... 7-48
Hill and Mountain Roads ......................... 4-38 Key Release Button .............................
Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 18 Labels
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Certificationflire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
SafetyBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I I Service PartsIdentification ..................... 6-57
Inflation. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Inspections Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Brakesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 FrontMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 1 Front Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45,2.49
Radiator and Heater Hose ...................... 7-51 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 OnReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Latches. Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 1 Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-29
InstrumentPanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 Lights
Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Air Bag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19, 2-66
FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59 Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68. 4-6
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Brake System Warning ......................... 2-67
ChargingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
CheckGages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Jacking Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Safety Belt Reminder ...................... 1-7, 2-65
Service EngineSoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20. 2-73

9-5

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Loading YourVehicle ........................... 4-44 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Locking Rear Axle .............................. 2-2 1 ConvexOutside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Lockoutswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34 Inside Day/Night Rearview ..................... 2-47
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 OutsideManualAdjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Power Remote Control ......................... 2-47
Key Lock Cylinder Service ..................... 7-48 Visorvanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59
PowerDoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 ModelReference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Rear Door Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Steering Column Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- I3
Lubricants and Fluids ....................... 6.64.7.53 N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Lubrication Service. Body ........................ 7-48 Neutral
Luggagecarrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Lumbar Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 1-3 . Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
NewVehicle“Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Maintenance Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-56 Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 1 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
LongTrip/Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 1 Off-RoadDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- I O
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Short Trip/City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Opener. Garage Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Maintenance. Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Ordering Owner and Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 Outside Mirror
MalfunctionIndicatorLamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
ManualFrontSeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Manual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
ManualLumbarSupport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Manual Transmission Overdrive.AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 OverheadConsole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 OverheatingEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 OwnerPublications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
9-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

.
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical ........................ 6-55 Rear
Park c
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Automatic Transmission ....................... 2- 16 DoorSecurityLocks ............................. 2-4
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Safety Belt Comfort Guides ........................ 1-29
Shifting Out of ................................ 2-30 Seatpassengers .............................. 1-26
Parking Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
AtNight .................................... 2-10 Towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Brake .................................. 2-26, 7-50 WindowDefogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Window Washermiper ........................ 2-39
On Hills with a Trailer ......................... 4-54 Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .: . . . . . . .2-3 1 Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Your Vehicle, Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 1 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . 6-64, 7-53
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Recovery Hooks ................................ 5-34
Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 Recovery Tank, Coolant ..................... 5- 13. 6-24
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 1 Recreational Vehicle Towing ....................... 4-43
Power Replacement
Acces'soryOutlet ............................. 2-59 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Remote Control Mirror ......................... '2-47 Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Steering ................................... . . 4-8 Reporting Safety Defects .......................... 8-8
Steering Fluid ................................ 6-26 Restraint
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Checking .................................. '. . 1-45 .
Powerseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Lumbar Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Pregnancy, Use of Safety Belts .................... 1-24 Replacing Parts After a Crash .................... 1-46
Problems on the Road ............................ 5-1 Systemcheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Publications, Service and Owner ..................... 8-9 Reverse
AutomaticTransmission ........................ 2-17
Manual' Transmission .......................... 2-20
Radiator, Adding Coolant ..................... : . 5-17
'Right Front Passenger Position ..................... 1-24
Radiator Pressure Cap ........................... 6-25 Roadside Assistance .............................. 8-4
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 16 Canadian .................................... 8-6
Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Rocking YourVehicle ........................... 5-34
Rain, Driving ................................... 4-31 Rotation,Tires ....................... . . . . . . . . . 6-42
9-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

. Safety <Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Service Parts Identification Label ................... 6-57
Adults ...................................... 1-12 Service Work. Doing Your Own .................... 6-2
Cire ....................................... 6-52 Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . .; 1-23
Center Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Sheet Metal Damage ............................ 6-55
Center Rear Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32 Shift Light ............................... 2-20. 2-73
Children ... ........................... 1-33.1-42 Shifting .................................. 2-16. 2-19
Driver Position ................................ 1- 12 IntoPark .................................... 2-27
Extender .................................... 1-45 Out of Park . . . ; ............................... 2-30
How to Wear Properly .........................
Lap Belt ........................
Lap-Shoulder ...........................
.
. . . . . . 1-25. 1-32
1- 12
1- 12. 1-26
Signaling Turns ................................
SIR ..........................................
Skidding ......................................
2-36
1-18
4-13
Questions and Answers ........................ 1- 11 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63. 6.64
Rear Comfort Guides .......................... 1-29 Speech Impaired. Customer Assistwce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Rear Seat Passengers ............................ 1-26 Speedometer ................................... 2-64
Replacing After a Crash ........................ 1-46 Stains.Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24 Starter Switch Check ............................ 7-49
Use During Pregnancy ......................... 1-24 Starting Your Engine, . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Why .They Work ............................... 1-8 Steam ........................................ 5-11
Safety Chains .................................. 4-50 Steering ....................................... 4-8
SafetyDefects.Reporting ......................... 8-8
... In Emergencies .................... .I . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Safety Warnings and Symbols ........................ 111 Power ....................................... 4-8
Scheduled Maintenance Services .................... 7-3 Steering Column Lock Check ..................... 7-50
Seatback Steering Wheel. Tilt .............................. 2-35
Latches ...................................... 1-5 Storage Compartments ........................... 2-48
Reclining Front ............................... 1-3 Storage. Vehicle ................................ 6-32
Seats and Restraint Systems ........................ 1- 1 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Second Gear Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Automatic Transmission ........................ 2- 18 SunVisors' .................................... 2-58
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2- 19 Sunglasses Storage .............................. 2-53
Service and Appearance Care ...................... 6- 1 Supplemental Inflatable Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Service and Owner Publicatibns ..................... 8-9 Symbols. Vehicle .................................. v
Service Engine Soon Light ........................ 2-69

9-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Taillamp Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-36 Turnsignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
TapePlayerCare ............................... 3-18 Towing.RecreationalVehicle ..................... 4-43
Temperature and Compass Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1 Towing Your Vehicle ............................. 5-7
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Trailer
Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 14 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Third Gear, Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 19 Tongueweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Tilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Time. Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Tire Chains ......................... . . . . . . . 6-48 Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Tires Transfercase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Alignment and Balance ........................ 6-46 Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Buying New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Transmission Fluid
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Inspection and Rotation ........................ 6-42 Transmitters. Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41 Transportation,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Trip, Before Leaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
WearIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
When It’s Time for New ....................... 6-44
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Torque. Wheel Nut ......................... 5-29. 6-63 Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 Used Replacement Wheels ........................ 6-47
Driving on Grades ............................ 4-53
Driving with a Trailer ..................... : . . . . 4-5 1 Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . .6-38
Maintenance When Towing ..................... 4-56 VehicleControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 Vehicle Damage Warnings .......................... iv
Safety Chains ................................ 4-50
9-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

VehicleDimensions ............................. 6-64 Windows
Vehicle Identification Number ..................... 6-57 Express-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Vehicle Loading ................................ 4-44 LockoutSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
VentilationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Visors.Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Swing-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67 WindshieldWasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
FluidLevelCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
w a r n i n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- I WindshieldWiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38. 6-63
WasherFluid.Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-26 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
WashingYourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Wheel Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Wiring. Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Wheel Nut Torque ..................... . . . 5-29. 6-63 WreckerTowinE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
WheelReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

9-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine